Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Item C29
County of Monroe <r BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS � Mayor David Rice, District 4 IleOI1da Keys ��x t t 0. Mayor Pro Tem Sylvia J. Murphy, District 5 Danny L. Kolhage, District I P f,< George Neugent, District 2 a Heather Carruthers, District 3 County Commission Meeting April 19, 2018 Agenda Item Number: C29 Agenda Item Summary #4088 BULK ITEM: Yes DEPARTMENT: Emergency Services TIME APPROXIMATE: STAFF CONTACT: James Callahan (305) 289 -6088 N/A AGENDA ITEM WORDING: Approval to purchase, through Florida Sheriffs Association Contract (FSA- I6 -VEF- 12.0), a Pierce Sky Boom Aerial Truck, and approval to purchase options from the manufacturer on a sole- source basis at a price of $643,305; and approval for the Fire Chief to execute all necessary documentation. ITEM BACKGROUND: The attached summary sheet shows vehicle purchases which have been deferred. The State of Florida Cooperative Bid Process for Fire/Rescue Vehicles is designed to provide participating agencies with the most economically priced fire & rescue apparatus to fulfill their emergency fire /EMS needs, in a prompt and timely manner. This is the twelfth successful statewide competitive bid process, held by the Florida Sheriffs Association, the Florida Fire Chiefs' Association, and the Florida Association of Counties. The Florida Sheriffs Association bid package provides the base price for the vehicle, without options, and directs the purchase to obtain a price for options specific to the vehicle from the manufacturer. The price list showing the price and options is attached. PREVIOUS RELEVANT BOCC ACTION: On October 18, 2017, item C2, the Board approved utilizing the Florida Sheriffs Association Bid 11 -10 -1202 to purchase two (1) Pierce Custom Saber Pumpers for a total cost of $499,262. CONTRACT /AGREEMENT CHANGES: Purchase Pierce Sky Boom Aerial Truck STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Approval DOCUMENTATION: FSA Terms and Conditions 2 -26 -16 Addendum FSA16- VEF12.0 Extension 3 -1 -2017 Monroe County 55 Sky Boom693 -SPEC MonroeCounty- PPR693ProposalOptionList Ten8 Equipment Proposal Surcharge- Pierce Commodity Surcharges MONROE COUNTY FIRE RESCUE VEHICLE REPLACEMENT 2 Notice Extension _2 w- Participants FINANCIAL IMPACT: Effective Date: 04/20/2018 Expiration Date: Total Dollar Value of Contract: $643,305 Total Cost to County: $643,305 Current Year Portion: $643,305 Budgeted: No Source of Funds: 141 CPI: N/A Indirect Costs: N/A Estimated Ongoing Costs Not Included in above dollar amounts: Revenue Producing: No Grant: N/A County Match: N/A Insurance Required: Yes Additional Details: If yes, amount: 04/19/18 304 -85532 - RESERVES 304$643,305.00 REVIEWED BY: James Callahan Completed 04/03/2018 2:56 PM Cynthia Hall Completed 04/03/2018 4:22 PM Budget and Finance Completed 04/04/2018 8:23 AM Maria Slavik Completed 04/04/2018 10:11 AM Kathy Peters Completed 04/04/2018 10:12 AM Board of County Commissioners Pending 04/19/2018 9:00 AM FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 1.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS INDEX 1.00 Bid Correspondence 1.01 Purpose 1.02 Term of Contract 1.03 Estimated Quantities 1.04 Sheriff as County Constitutional Officer 1.05 Cooperative Purchasing 1.06 Funding 1.07 Currency Rev 2/16 1.08 General Definitions 1.09 Eligible Customers of Contract 1.10 Legal Requirements 1.11 Patents and Royalties 1.12 Federal and State Standards 1.13 Underwriter's Laboratories 1.14 American with Disabilities Act 1.15 Reasonable Accommodations 1.16 Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) 1.17 Anti - discrimination 1.18 Best Commercial Practices 1.19 Public Entity Crimes (PEC) 1.20 Tax Exemption 1.21 Taxes 1.22 Special Conditions 1.23 Bid Clarification 1.24 Communication 1.25 Interpretations 1.37 Clarification and Addenda to Bid 1.26 Right to Audit 1.39 Specifications 1.27 Signed Bid Considered and Offer 1.28 Assignment 1.29 Method of Award Authority to Resolve Protested Bids and 1.30 Proposed Awards 1.31 Demonstration of Competency 1.32 Vendor Ability to Perform 1.33 Quality 1.34 Non - Conformance to Contract Conditions 1.35 Waiver of Informalities 1.36 Gratuities 1.37 Tie Bids 1.38 Right to Audit 1.39 Financial Responsibility 1.40 Laws, Permits and Regulations 1.41 Liability, Insurance, Licenses and Permits Bid Bonds, Performance Bonds, 1.42 Certificates of Insurance 1.43 Elimination from Consideration 1.44 Collusion 1.45 Default 1.46 Disputes 1.47 Protest and Arbitration 1.48 Non Performance 1.49 Cancellation 1.50 Severability 1.51 Termination for Default 1.52 Termination for Convenience of FSA 1.53 Intellectual Property Rev 2/16 a a a l REV 002/26/2016 Page 1 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 1.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.00 BID CORRESPONDENCE All correspondence regarding this bid should be directed to the Florida Sheriffs Association using the information shown above. Please be sure to reference the bid number and your contact information The contact person(s) for this bid is Annette Grissom, FSA Cooperative Bid Coordinator E -mail: agrissom @flsheriffs.or Phone: 850-877-2165 ext.231 Fax: 850-878-5115 Andrew Terpak, Business Operation Manager E -mail: dterpak @flsheriffs.org Phone: 850-877-2165 ext.227 Fax: 850-878-5115 All written (hard) copy communication or document submittals for this Invitation to Bid should be directed to: Florida Sheriffs Association Attn: Cooperative Bid Coordinator 2617 Mahan Drive Tallahassee, FL 32308 850 - 877 -2165 The Bid number should be referenced on the outside of the box as well as the contents. REV 002/26/2016 Page Z FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 1.01 PURPOSE The Florida Sheriffs Association and the Florida Association of Counties invite interested vendors, including Motor Vehicle Manufacturers and Dealers /Certified Representatives to submit responses in accordance with these solicitation documents. The Florida Sheriffs Association will serve as the "Contract Administrator" in the solicitation process and the administration of the resulting contract. The purpose of this bid is to establish a twelve (12) month contract, beginning April 1, 2016 and ending March 31, 2017, with manufacturer's authorized dealers for the purchase of 2016/17 vehicles and equipment on a "no trade -in basis ". Trade -ins are not addressed in this contract. If an agency has a desire to offer vehicles /equipment for trade to the dealer, the agency and dealer may do so at their sole discretion, separate and apart from this contract. 1.02 TERM OF CONTRACT This contract shall remain in effect for one (1) year from date of contract execution by the FSA Contract Administrator, and may be renewed by mutual agreement, at the sole option and discretion of the FSA, for up to two (2) additional years, on a year to year basis. Contract extensions will only be executed when conditions indicate it is in the best interest of the FSA and the customers. In the event that the contract is held beyond the term herein provided it shall only be from a month -to- month basis only and shall not constitute an implied renewal of the contract. Said month to month extension shall be upon the same terms of the contract and at the compensation and payment provided herein. 1.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES (Vehicles and Equipment) In FY 2015 -16 eligible users purchased approximately 8,500 rolling inventory from the vehicle and equipment bid awards. These estimated figures are given only as a guideline for preparing your bid and should not be construed as representing projected figures. Estimated quantities or estimated dollars, if provided, are for FSA guidance only. No guarantee is expressed or implied as to quantities or dollars that will be used during the contract period. The FSA is not obligated to place any order for a given amount subsequent to the award of this bid solicitation. 1.04 SHERIFF AS COUNTY CONSTITUTIONAL OFFICER The Offices of the Sheriff of the State of Florida are constitutional offices of the State of Florida. Each has the authority either individually or collectively to execute contracts for all goods and services for the proper conduct of that office. Section 30.53, Florida Statutes, exempts the Sheriffs Offices from the provisions of the Florida Statute requiring among other things, sealed and competitive bids procedures. It is our practice to give consideration to the prices offered, but the Office of the Sheriff is not required by law to accept the lowest priced proposal and may reject any or all of the proposals without recourse. REV 002/26/2016 Page 3 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 Nothing in this proposal in any way obligates the participating Sheriff's Offices for any payment for any activity or costs incurred by any vendor in responding to this proposal. 1.05 COOPERATIVE PURCHASING Pursuant to their own governing laws, and subject to the agreement of the Vendor, other entities may be permitted to make purchases at the terms and conditions contained in General Conditions Section 1.09 Eligible Customers of Contract. Non - Customer purchases are independent of the agreement between Customer and Vendor, and Customer shall not be a party to any transaction between the Vendor and any other purchaser. 1.06 FUNDING Funds expended for the purposes of the contract must be appropriated by the individual participating agency for each fiscal year included within the contract period. Therefore, the contract shall automatically terminate without penalty or termination of costs if such funds are not appropriated. 1.07 CURRENCY Rev2 /16 All transaction amounts, bids, quotes, provisions, payments or any part of this contract relating to currency are to be made in United States Dollar. 1.08 GENERAL DEFINITIONS The following terms are defined as the following (a) "Contract Administrator" means the Florida Sheriffs Association in its role in administering the solicitation and contract administration process for the Florida Sheriffs Association and the Florida Association of Counties. (b) "Fleet Management Advisory Committee (FMAC)" means an employee of Sheriffs Offices and other local governmental agencies in the State of Florida and /or any other person who FSA identifies as subject matter expert who will assist with the development of bid specifications and evaluation of bid responses. (c) "Vendor" means the bidder that has been awarded and agrees to provide vehicles, trucks, or equipment, as contained in these specifications, which meet the requirements, specifications, terms and conditions of this agreement, to eligible customers, as defined herein. (d) "Customer" means an eligible customer as defined in General Conditions Section 1.09 Eligible Customers of Contract. (e) "Bid" shall mean a competitive bid procedure established through the issuance of an invitation to bid. The term "bid" as used herein, shall not include request for proposals, request for qualifications, request for letters of interest, or the solicitation of purchase orders based on oral or written quotations. (f) "Bidder" means the entity that submits documentation to the FSA Contract Administrator in accordance with these instructions. REV 002/26/2016 Page 4 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 (g) "Dealer(s)" A manufacture's certified representative authorized by the manufacturer to market, sell, provide, and service the vehicles /equipment included in the FSA Contract. Dealers may be Vendor owned and controlled, in whole or in part or independently owned and controlled. (h) "Manufacturer" The original producer or provider of Vehicles /Equipment responsive to this Bid. (i) "Factory" refers to the manufacturer; the assembly line. (j) "Dealer Option" a product or service provided by the dealer or other third party; not the factory (k) "Non- Scheduled Options" Any optional new or unused component not specified, feature or configuration not included in the Base Representative Vehicle Model specifications or options identified by FSA but may be installed to or uninstalled from the Base Model Vehicle by the Manufacturer, Dealer, Up- Fitter or Eligible User, if ordered by the Eligible User. (1) "Up fitter" An individual or business who installs non - factory options on a vehicle or equipment; not the factory. (m) "Sub- Vendor or 3 rd party" Refers to an individual or business firm contracting to perform part or another's entire contract. (n) "MSRP(s)" an acronym for Manufacturer's Suggested Retail Price, which represents the Manufacturer's recommended retail selling price, list price, published price, or other usual and customary price that would be paid by the purchaser. The following are acceptable sources of current MSRPs and MSRP Lists for use in submission of the bid solicitation and the resulting contract: 1. Manufacturer's Computer Printouts; Ford - "Dora "; General Motors - "GM Autobook "; or approved equivalent) 2. Chrome Systems, Inc.'s PC Carbook (e.g., PC Carbook Plus and PC Carbook Fleet Edition) 3. Manufacturer's Annual U.S. Price Book 4. Manufacturer's official website 5. Edmunds (No subscription req'd) Note: Some of above resources above require a paid subscription. (o) "Recognized MSRP" recognized MSRP occurs when an FSA requested option does not exist to the base vehicle model as a free flow option contained in the manufacturer's order guide. This MSRP is generated by the creation of a new model that includes the requested FSA option content. (p) "Published Pricing" the published price that a company will sell a commodity for, when the commodity is not traded on an official exchange. (q) "Balanced Out" a term used by manufacturers to notify dealers the factory has reached maximum capacity for orders. Vehicle manufacturer's use this term when referring to any given model year for production. 1.09 ELIGIBLE CUSTOMERS OF CONTRACT Bids will be extended and guaranteed to any and all units of local governments /political subdivisions including but not limited to county, local county board of public instruction, municipalities and /or police REV 002/26/2016 Page CJ FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 agencies, other local public or public safety agencies or authorities within the State of Florida, and the state universities and colleges. In addition, bids will be extended and guaranteed to any other entities approved by manufacturers to participate in this contract. The participating agencies cannot guarantee any order other than those ordered through each individual agency. All agencies are bound by their local governing purchasing ordinances, rules and regulations and shall apply to purchases made under this contract. All awarded Vendors /Dealers are governed by their manufacturer's agreement. Reference Funding Section 1.06 The State of Florida, Department of Management Services, Division of State Purchasing administers statewide contracts and agreements for use by Florida State agencies, local governments, educational institutions, and other entities as defined in 60A- 1.005, Florida Administrative Code. Out of State Sales are permitted under this contract however, again ALL agencies are bound by their local governing purchasing ordinances, rules and regulations and shall apply to purchases made under this contract. All contractor /dealers are governed by their manufacturer's agreement. All contractor /dealers referencing this contract for the purpose of facilitating sales (purchase authority) outside the State of Florida must accept the terms and conditions of this contract. 60A -1.005 Eligible Users. The following entities are eligible users: (1) All governmental agencies, as defined in Section 163.3164, F.S., which have a physical presence within the State of Florida; (2) Any independent nonprofit college or university that is located within the State of Florida and is accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. Specific Authority 287.042(12) F.S. Law Implemented 287.012(14) F.S. (3) Public Agency as defined in Chapter 163.01(b) F.S., Florida Interlocal Cooperative Act of 1969. 1.10 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS Federal, State, county laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that in any manner affect the items covered herein apply. Lack of knowledge by the bidder will in no way be a cause for relief from responsibility. 1.11 PATENTS & ROYALTIES The bidder, without exception, shall indemnify and save harmless the FSA and its employees from liability of any nature or kind, including cost and expenses for, or on account of, any copyrighted, patented, or unpatented invention, process, or article manufactured or used in the performance of the contract, including its use by The FSA or Customer. If the bidder uses any design, device or materials covered by letters, patent, or copyright, it is mutually understood and agreed, without exception, that the bid prices shall include all royalties or cost arising from the use of such design, device, or materials in any way involved in the work. 1.12 FEDERAL AND STATE STANDARDS It is the intent of FSA that all specifications herein are in full and complete compliance with all federal and State of Florida laws, requirements, and regulations applicable to the type and class of commodities and contractual services being provided. This includes, but is not limited to, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), EPA Emission Standards, Fire Apparatus Vehicle Standards, Federal Ambulance Standards (KKK- A- 1822F), Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS), National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) and REV 002/26/2016 Page 6 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 State of Florida laws, requirements, and regulations that apply to the type and class of commodities and contractual services being provided. In addition, if any applicable federal or State legislation becomes effective during the term of the Contract, regarding the Commodities and contractual services' specifications, safety, and environmental requirements shall immediately become a part of the Contract. The Awarded Vendor /Dealer shall meet or exceed any such requirements of the laws and regulations. If an apparent conflict exists, the Awarded Vendor /Dealer shall contact the Contract Manager immediately. The bidder warrants that the product supplied to the FSA or Customer shall conform in all respects to the standards set forth and the failure to comply with this condition will be considered as a breach of contract. Any fines levied because of inadequacies to comply with these requirements shall be borne solely by the bidder responsible for same. 1.13 UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES Unless otherwise stipulated in the bid, all manufactured items and fabricated assemblies shall be U.L. listed or re- examination listing where such has been established by U.L. for the item(s) offered and furnished. 1.14 AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT To request this material in accessible format, sign language interpreters, information on access for persons with disabilities, and /or any accommodation to review any document or participate in any FSA sponsored proceeding, please contact FSA HR Director at 850 - 877 -2165 (voice), 850 - 878 -8665 (fax) five days in advance to initiate your request. TTY users may also call 711 (Florida Relay Service). 1.15 REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION In accordance with the Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act, any person requiring an accommodation at the Bid opening because of a disability must contact the FSA Human Resources at (850) 877 -2165. 1.16 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) The Florida Sheriffs Association Policy is that Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) shall have the opportunity to participate in competitive bids. Such process would be for supplying goods and services to FSA and Customers. 1.17 ANTI - DISCRIMINATION The bidder certifies that he /she is in compliance as applicable by State Law with the non - discrimination clause contained in Section 202, Executive Order 11246, as amended by Executive Order 11375, relative to equal employment opportunity for all persons without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. 1.18 BEST COMMERCIAL PRACTICES REV 002/26/2016 Page 7 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 The apparent silence of this specification and any supplemental specifications as to any details or the omission from it of a detailed description concerning any point shall be regarded as meaning that only the best commercial practices, size, and design are to be used. All workmanship is to be first quality. All interpretations of this specification shall be upon the basis of this statement. 1.19 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES (PEC) In accordance with the Public Entity Crimes Act (Section 287.133) a person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list maintained by the State of Florida Department of Management Services following a conviction for public entity crimes may not submit a bid on a contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases of real property to public entity, may not be awarded or perform work as a Vendor, supplier, Sub- Vendor, or consultant under a contract with a public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in Sec. 287.017, for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list. 1.20 TAX EXEMPTION All State and Federal tax exemptions applicable to the units of local government of the State of Florida will apply, and appropriate certifications furnished. Customers shall comply with all federal, state and local tax requirements. The Florida Sheriffs Association is a 501c3 Organization and exempt from all Federal Excise and State Taxes. State Sales Tax and Use Certificate Number is 59- 0708112. 1.21 TAXES Customers making purchase pursuant to the awarded bid are generally exempt from Federal Excise and State Sales Tax. It is the responsibility of the Vendor to verify that the Customer is exempt by obtaining the purchaser's Federal Excise and State Taxes and Use Certificate Number. 1.22 SPECIAL CONDITIONS Any and all Special Conditions that may vary from these General Conditions shall have precedence. 1.23 BID CLARIFICATION Any questions or clarifications concerning this Invitation to Bid shall be submitted in writing by mail or facsimile to the Florida Sheriffs Association, Cooperative Bid Coordinator 1 St Floor, 2617 Mahan Drive, Tallahassee FL 32308 and a copy to COOP C7a fisheriffs.org with the bid title /number shall be referenced on all correspondence. All questions must be received no later than ten (10) calendar days prior to the scheduled bid opening date. All responses to questions /clarifications will be sent to all prospective bidders in the form of an addendum. NO QUESTIONS WILL BE RECEIVED VERBALLY OR AFTER SAID DEADLINE. REV 002/26/2016 Page 8 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 1.24 COMMUNICATIONS Communications between a proposer, bidder, lobbyist or consultant and FSA is limited to matters of process or procedure. Requests for additional information or clarifications must be made in writing to the FSA Contract Administrator no later than Ten (10) calendar days prior to the scheduled Bid opening date. The FSA will issue replies to inquiries and any other corrections or amendments it deems necessary in written addenda issued prior to the deadline for responding to the Bid. Bidders should not rely on representations, statements, or explanations other than those made in this Bid or in any written addendum to this Bid. Bidders should verify with the FSA Contract Administrator prior to submitting a bid that all addenda have been received. Reference Bidder Instructions Section 2.28, entitled "Cone of Silence" which sets forth the policies and procedures relative to oral and written communications. 1.25 INTERPRETATIONS Unless otherwise stated in the bid, any questions concerning conditions and specifications should be submitted in writing to the FSA Contract Bid Coordinator at 2617 Mahan Drive, Tallahassee, FL 32308 or by e -mail to: COOP @flsheriffs.org 1.26 CLARIFICATION AND ADDENDA TO BID SPECIFICATIONS If any person contemplating submitting a Bid under this Solicitation is in doubt as to the true meaning of the specifications or other Bid documents or any part thereof, the Bidder must submit to the FSA Contract Specialist at least ten (10) calendar days prior to scheduled Bid opening, a request for clarification. All such requests for clarification must be made in writing and the person submitting the request will be responsible for its timely delivery. Any interpretation of the Bid, if made, will be made only by Addendum duly issued by the FSA. The FSA shall issue an Informational Addendum if clarification or minimal changes are required. The FSA shall issue a Formal Addendum if substantial changes which impact the technical submission of Bids are required. In the event of conflict with the original Contract Documents, Addendum shall govern all other Contract Documents to the extent specified. Subsequent addendum shall govern over prior addendum only to the extent specified. The Bidder shall be required to acknowledge receipt of the Formal Addendum by signing in the space provided on the Bid Form. Failure to acknowledge Addendum shall deem its Bid non - responsive; provided, however, that the FSA may waive this requirement in its best interest. The FSA will not be responsible for any other explanation or interpretation made verbally or in writing by any other FSA representative. 1.27 SIGNED BID CONSIDERED AN OFFER The signed bid shall be considered an offer on the part of the bidder or Vendor, which offer shall be deemed accepted upon approval by the FSA and in case of default on the part of successful bidder or Vendor, after such acceptance, the FSA may procure the items or services from other sources and hold the bidder or Vendor responsible for any excess cost occasioned or incurred thereby. REV 002/26/2016 Page 9 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 1.28 ASSIGNMENT The Vendor shall not assign, transfer, convey, sublet or otherwise dispose of this contract, including any or all of its right, title or interest therein, or his or its power to execute such contract to any person, company or corporation without prior written consent of the FSA. 1.29 METHOD OF AWARD Award of this contract will be made to a primary bidder. FSA will also identify the second lowest and best bidder per specification and zone to be utilized in the event the primary bidder is unable to fulfill their obligations. The FSA reserves the right to make multiple awards if deemed in the best interest of the FSA. Reference Contract Conditions Section 3.19, Basis for Award. 1.30 AUTHORITY TO RESOLVE PROTESTED BIDS AND PROPOSED AWARDS (a) Right to protest. Any actual bidder, qualified proposer, or interested parties (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "bidder) who has a substantial interest in, and is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or proposed award of, a request for proposals ( "RFP "), request for qualifications ( "RFQ'), request for letters of interest ( "RFLI) or invitation to bid for goods and /or services ( "herein after collectively referred to as the bid ") may protest to the contract administrator or his or her designee. Protest arising from the decisions and votes of any evaluation or selection committee shall be limited to protest based upon deviation(s) from established purchasing procedures set forth by FSA policy and procedures and specification, requirements and /or terms set forth in any bid. (1) Any protest concerning the bid specifications, requirements, and /or terms must be made within three (3) business days (for the purpose of this section "business day" means a day other than Saturday, Sunday or a national holiday), from the time the facts become known and, in any case, at least two (2) business days prior to the opening of the bid. Such protest must be made in writing to the contract administrator or his or her designee and such protest shall state the particular grounds on which it is based and shall include all pertinent documents and evidence. No protest shall be accepted unless it complies with the requirements of this section. Failure to timely protest bid specifications, requirements and /or terms is a waiver of the ability to protest the specifications, requirements and /or terms. (2) Any protest after the bid opening, including challenges to actions of any evaluation or selection committee as provided in subsection (a) above shall be submitted in writing to the contract administrator, or his or her designee. FSA will allow such bid protest to be submitted anytime until two (2) business days following the release of the contract administrator's written recommendation to the FSA for award of the bid in question. Such protest shall state the particular grounds on which it is based and shall include all pertinent grounds on which it is based, and shall include all pertinent documents and evidence. No bid protest shall be accepted unless it complies with the requirements of this section. All actual bidders shall be notified in writing (which may be transmitted by electronic communication, such as facsimile transmission and /or e- mail), following the release of the contract administrators written recommendation to the FSA. (b) Any bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or proposed award of a purchase order based on an oral or written quotation may protest to the FSA Contract Administrator or his or her REV 002/26/2016 Page 10 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 designee anytime during the procurement process, up to the time of the award of the purchase order, but not after such time, Such protest shall be made in writing and state the particular grounds on which it is based and shall include all pertinent documents and evidence. No bid protest shall be accepted unless it complies with the requirements of this section. (c) The FSA may request reasonable reimbursement for expenses incurred in processing any protest hereunder, which expenses shall include , but not limited to staff time, legal fees and expenses (including expert witness fees), reproduction of documents and other out of pocket expenses. (d) Authority to resolve protest. The contract administrator or his or her designee shall have the authority to settle and resolve a protest concerning the solicitation or award of the bid. (e) Responsiveness. Prior to any decision being rendered under this section with respect to a bid protest, the contract administrator and the FSA legal counsel, or their respective designees, shall certify whether the submission of their bidder to the bid in question is responsive. The parties to the protest shall be bound by the determination of the contract administrator and the FSA legal counsel with regard to the issue of responsiveness. (f) Decision and appeal procedures. If the bid protest is not resolved by mutual agreement, the contract administrator and FSA Legal counsel, or their respective designees, shall promptly issue a decision in writing. The decision shall specifically state the reasons for the action taken and inform the protestor of his or her right to challenge the decision. (g) Any person aggrieved by any action or decision of the contract manager, FSA legal counsel, or their respective designees, with regard to any decision rendered under this section may file an appeal. Reference General Conditions Section 1.30(h). (h) All appeals arising under or relating to this Agreement are to be settled by binding arbitration in the State of Florida. Should the unsuccessful bidder(s) decide to appeal the decision of the FSA, they shall file a notice to FSA within 72 hours of the FSA bid protest decision regarding their intent to request arbitration. A demand for arbitration with the American Arbitration Association's (AAA) commercial panel under its rules and regulations must be made within 10 days of the FSA bid protest decision. Any person who files for arbitration with the AAA shall post with the Florida Sheriffs Association at the time of filing the formal written arbitration request, a bond, cashier's check or money order payable to the Florida Sheriffs Association in the amount equal to $5,000.00. Failure to provide written notice to FSA, file a demand for arbitration with the AAA, or failure to post the required bond and security requirement within the specified timelines shall constitute a waiver of arbitration proceedings. If the party filing for arbitration does not prevail, it shall pay all costs, legal expenses and attorney fees of the prevailing party. However, if the filing party prevails, the parties shall share equally the fees and expenses of the arbitration and AAA bear the cost of their own attorney fees. For the purpose of arbitration, the filing party shall not stay the implementation of the bid award by the Florida Sheriffs Association. (i) The arbitration shall be conducted on a confidential basis pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Any decision or award as a result of any such arbitration proceeding shall be in writing and shall provide an explanation for all conclusions of law and fact and shall include the assessment of cost and expenses, and reasonable attorneys' fees. Any such arbitration shall be conducted by an arbitrator experienced in the industry and shall include a written record of the REV 002/26/2016 Page 11 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 arbitration hearing. The parties reserve the right to object to any individual who shall be employed by or affiliated with a competing organization or entity. Any action not brought in good faith shall be subject to sanction's including damages suffered by the FSA and the legal counsel's fees incurred by the FSA in defense of such wrongful action. (j) Distribution. A copy of each decision by the contract administrator and the FSA Legal counsels shall be mailed or otherwise furnished immediately to the protestor. (k) Stay of procurements during protest. In the event of a timely protest under this section, the contract administrator shall not proceed further with the solicitation or with the award pursuant to such bid unless a written determination is made by the FSA Executive Director or his or her designee, that the award must be made without delay in order to protect a substantial interest of the FSA. (1) The institution and filing of a protest under this article is an administrative remedy that shall be employed prior to the institution and filing of any civil action against the FSA concerning the subject matter of protest. (m) Protest not timely made under this section shall be barred. Any basis or ground for a protest not set forth in the letter of protest required under this section shall be deemed waived. (n) At the time of the contract administrator's recommendation for award a bid is presented at a meeting with the FSA Executive Director, or his or her designee shall report any legal issues relative to any bid protest filed in connection with the bid in question. (o) The determination of the contract administrator and the FSA legal counsel with regards to all procedural and technical matters shall be final. 1.31 DEMONSTRATION OF COMPETENCY Pre -award inspection of the Bidder's facility may be made prior to the award of contract. Bids will only be considered from firms which are regularly engaged in the business of providing the goods and /or services as described in this Bid. Bidders must be able to demonstrate a good record of performance for a reasonable period of time, and have sufficient financial support, equipment and organization to ensure they can satisfactorily execute the services if awarded a contract under the terms and conditions herein stated. The terms "equipment and organization" as used herein shall be construed to mean a fully equipped and well established company in line with the best business practices in the industry and as determined by the FSA. The FSA may consider any evidence available regarding the financial, technical and other qualifications and abilities of a Bidder, including past performance (experience) with the FSA in making the award in the best interest of the FSA. The FSA may require Bidders to show proof that they have been designated as authorized representatives of a manufacturer or supplier which is the actual source of supply. In these instances, the FSA may also require material information from the source of supply regarding the quality, packaging, and characteristics of the products to be supplied to the FSA through the designated representative. Any REV 002/26/2016 Page 12 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 conflicts between this material information provided by the source of supply and the information contained in the Bidder's Bid may render the Bid non - responsive. The FSA may, during the period that the Contract between the FSA and the successful Bidder is in force, review the successful Bidder's record of performance to insure that the Bidder is continuing to provide sufficient financial support, equipment and organization as prescribed in this Solicitation. Irrespective of the Bidder's performance on contracts awarded to it by the FSA, the FSA may place said contracts on probationary status and implement termination procedures. If the FSA determines that the successful Bidder no longer possesses the financial support, equipment and organization which would have been necessary during the Bid evaluation period in order to comply with this demonstration of competency section. 1.32 VENDOR ABILITY TO PERFORM: The Vendor warrants that, to the best of his or her knowledge, there is no pending or threatened action, proceeding, or investigation, or any other legal or financial condition, that would in any way prohibit, restrain, or diminish the Vendor's ability to satisfy its Contract obligations. The Vendor warrants that neither it nor any affiliate is currently on the convicted vendor list maintained pursuant to section 287.133 of the Florida Statues, or on any similar list maintained by any other state or the federal government. Reference General Conditions Section 1.48 Non Performance. The Vendor shall immediately notify the FSA and Customer in writing if its ability to perform is compromised in any manner during the term of the contract. 1.33 QUALITY All materials used for the manufacture or construction of any supplies, materials or equipment covered by this bid shall be new. The items bid must be new, the latest model, of the best quality, and highest grade workmanship. 1.34 NON - CONFORMANCE TO CONTRACT CONDITIONS Items may be tested for compliance with specifications. Item delivered, not conforming to specifications may be rejected and returned at vendor's expense. These items and items not delivered as per delivery date in bid and /or purchase order may be purchased on the open market. Any increase in cost may be charged against the bidder. Any violation of these stipulations may also result in: • Vendor's name being removed from the vendor list. • All FSA departments and Customers being advised not to do business with vendor. 1.35 WAIVER OF INFORMALITIES The FSA reserves the right to waive any informalities or irregularities in this bid solicitation. 1.36 GRATUITIES Proposers shall not offer any gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value to any official, employee, or agent of the FSA, for the purpose of influencing consideration of this bid. REV 002/26/2016 Page 13 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 1.37 TIE BIDS Please be advised that in accordance with Florida Statues Section 287.087, regarding identical tie bids, preference will be given to vendors certifying that they have implemented a drug free work place program. A certification form will be required at the time of bid submission. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality and service are received for the procurement of commodities or contractual services preference shall be given to businesses with qualifying drug -free workplace programs. In case of tie bids and both businesses have qualifying drug -free work programs, the award will be made using the following criteria: • Bidder Within (A SPECIFIC ZONE) • Bidder Within the (STATE of FLORIDA) • Dealers track record with Customer Service • Coin Toss 1.38 RIGHT TO AUDIT Vendor shall establish and maintain a reasonable accounting system that enables Florida Sheriffs Association (hereafter known as 'FSA') to readily identify Vendor's Sales. FSA and its authorized representatives shall have the right to audit, to examine, and to make copies of or extracts from all financial and related records (in whatever form they may be kept, whether written, electronic, or other) relating to or pertaining to this Contract or Agreement and all government sales and eligible users info for review and kept by or under the control of the Vendor, including, but not limited to those kept by the Vendor, its employees, agents, assigns, successors, and Sub- Vendors. Such records shall include, but not be limited to, accounting records, written policies and procedures; subcontract files (including proposals of successful and unsuccessful bidders, bid recaps, etc.); all paid vouchers including those for out -of- pocket expenses; other reimbursement supported by invoices; ledgers; cancelled checks; deposit slips; bank statements; journals; original estimates; estimating work sheets; contract amendments and change order files; back charge logs and supporting documentation; insurance documents; memoranda; and correspondence. Vendor shall, at all times during the term of this Contract or Agreement and for a period of Three (3) years after the completion of this Contract or Agreement, maintain such records, together with such supporting or underlying documents and materials. The Vendor shall at any time requested by FSA, whether during or after completion of this Contract or Agreement, and at Vendor's own expense make such records available for inspection and audit (including copies and extracts of records as required) by FSA. Such records shall be made available to FSA (subject to a three day written notice) during normal business hours. FSA at their option may select the Vendor's office, place of business or offsite location for the audit; and /or option to have the Vendor provide financial records, together with the supporting or underlying documents and records, via e -mail or phone for audit at a time and location that is convenient for FSA. REV 002/26/2016 Page 14 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 Vendor shall ensure FSA has these rights with Vendor's employees, agents, assigns, successors, and Sub - Vendors and the obligations of these rights shall be explicitly included in any subcontracts or agreements formed between the Vendor and any Sub- Vendors to the extent that those subcontracts or agreements relate to fulfillment of the Vendor's obligations to FSA. Costs of any audits conducted under the authority of this right to audit and not addressed elsewhere will be borne by FSA unless certain exemption criteria are met. If the audit identifies under reporting, overpricing or overcharges (of any nature) by the Vendor to FSA in excess of three (3) percent (3 %) of the total contract billings, the Vendor shall reimburse FSA for the total costs of the audit not to exceed $5,000.00. If the audit discovers substantive findings related to fraud, misrepresentation, or non- performance, FSA may recoup all the costs of the audit work from the Vendor. Any adjustments and /or payments that must be made as a result of any such audit or inspection of the Vendor's invoices and /or records shall be made within a reasonable amount of time (not to exceed 90 days) from presentation of FSA's findings to Vendor. 1.39 FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY Bidder affirms by his or her signature on the contract signature page that he or she: • Has fully read and understands the scope, nature, and quality of work to be performed or the services to be rendered under this bid, and has the adequate facilities and personnel to fulfill such requirements; • Accepts the financial responsibility associated with this bid, and declares that he or she has the access to capital (in the form of liquidity or credit lines) in order to meet the financial demands of such award. • In assessing financial responsibility, Vendor shall consider items such as the specifications bid, the zones bid, and the quantity of specifications bid, as well as timing of payment from customers, which can be 45 days from receipt of invoice; • Assumes full responsibility that all vehicles delivered to the customer are free and clear of all outside liens, encumbrances, security interests apart from the dealer floor plan or other dealer inventory finance security interest. 1.40 LAWS, PERMITS AND REGULATIONS The bidder shall obtain and pay for all licenses, permits and inspection fees required for this project; and shall comply with all laws, ordinances, regulations and building code requirements applicable to the work contemplated herein. 1.41 LIABILITY, INSURANCE, LICENSES AND PERMITS Where bidders are required to enter or go onto FSA or Customer property to deliver materials or perform work or services as a result of a bid award, the successful bidder will assume the full duty, obligation and expense of obtaining all necessary licenses, permits and insurance and assure all work complies with all applicable County code requirements. The bidder shall be liable for any damages or loss to the FSA or Customer occasioned by negligence of the bidder (or agent) or any person the bidder has designated in the completion of the contract as a result of his or her bid. REV 002/26/2016 Page 1 rJ FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 1.42 BID BONDS, PERFORMANCE BONDS, CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE Bid Bonds, when required, shall be submitted with the bid in the amount specified in Special Conditions. After acceptance of bid, the FSA will notify the successful bidder to submit a performance bond and certificate of insurance in the amount specified in Special Conditions. Agencies may request a performance bond from an Awarded Vendor. Performance Bonds are recommended with pre - payment and will be at the expense of the requesting agency. Agencies should determine the best practice in comparing performance bond expense against any prior discounts that may be available. 1.43 ELIMINATION FROM CONSIDERATION This bid solicitation shall not be awarded to any person or dealer who is in arrears to the FSA upon any debt, taxes or contracts which are defaulted as surety or otherwise upon any obligation to the FSA. 1.44 COLLUSION Bids from related parties: Where two (2) or more related parties each submit a bid or bid for any contract, such bids or bids shall be presumed to be collusive. The foregoing presumption may be rebutted by presentation of evidence as to the extent of ownership, control and management of such related parties in the preparation and submittal of such bids or bids. Related parties mean bidders or proposers or the principals thereof which have a direct or indirect ownership interest in another bidder or proposer for the same contract or in which a parent company or the principals thereof of one (1) bidder or proposer have a direct or indirect ownership interest in another bidder or proposer for the same contract. Bids or bids found to be collusive shall be rejected. Bidders or Proposers who have been found to have engaged in collusion will be considered non - responsible, and will be suspended or barred, and any contract resulting from collusive bidding may be terminated for default. Notes: Dealerships and their representatives may submit multiple bids without conflict of "Collusion" as long as the bid submitted is not from the same manufacture and product line. Dealerships which share the same ownership may submit multiple bids also without conflict of collusion as long as the bidders are not in the same region, with the same manufacturer and product line. Vendors /Dealers Reference Contract Terms Section 3.07 Collusion 2 nd Ref. 1.45 DEFAULT Failure or refusal of a bidder to execute a contract upon award, or withdrawal of a bid before such award is made, may result in forfeiture of that portion of any bid surety required equal to liquidated damages incurred by the FSA thereby, or where surety is not required, failure to execute a contract as described above may be grounds for removing the bidder from the bidder's list. 1.46 DISPUTES In case of any doubt or difference of opinion as to the items to be furnished hereunder, the decision of the FSA shall be final and binding on both parties. In the event of a conflict between the documents, the order of priority of the documents shall be as follows: REV 002/26/2016 Page 16 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 Any agreement resulting from the award of this Bid (if applicable); then Addenda released for this Bid, with the latest Addendum taking precedence; • then The Bid; • Then Awardee's Bid. 1.47 PROTESTS AND ARBITRATION Any person who proposes to file an action protesting a decision or intended decision pertaining to this bid or the resulting contract should refer to 1.38 Authority to Resolve Protested Bids and Proposed Awards. Additionally, the person or entity filing such protest shall post with the Florida Sheriffs Association at the time of filing the formal written protest or within the 10 business day period allowed for filing the formal written protest, a bond, cashier's check or money order payable to the Florida Sheriffs Association in the amount equal to $5,000.00, which bond or security will be conditioned upon the payment of all cost which may be adjudged against the protesting party in a court of law and /or to reimburse the FSA for additional legal expenses incurred and required to substantiate the protesting party's claim(s). Failure to post the bond or security requirement within the time allowed for filing will result in a denial of protest. For the purpose of bid protests, the filing party shall not stay the implementation of the bid award by the Florida Sheriffs Association. Should the unsuccessful bidder(s) decide to appeal the decision of the FSA, they shall file a notice to FSA within 72 hours of the FSA bid protest decision regarding their intent to request arbitration. A demand for arbitration with the American Arbitration Association's (AAA) commercial panel under its rules and regulations must be made within 10 business days of the FSA bid protest decision. Any person who files for arbitration with the AAA shall post with the Florida Sheriffs Association at the time of filing the formal written arbitration request, a bond, cashier's check or money order payable to the Florida Sheriffs Association in the amount equal to $5,000.00. Failure to provide written notice to FSA, file a demand for arbitration with the AAA, or failure to post the required bond and security requirement within the specified timelines shall constitute a waiver of arbitration proceedings. If the party filing for arbitration does not prevail, it shall pay all costs, legal expenses and attorney fees of the prevailing party. However, if the filing party prevails, the parties shall share equally the fees and expenses of the arbitration and AAA bear the cost of their own attorney fees. For the purpose of arbitration, the filing party shall not stay the implementation of the bid award by the Florida Sheriffs Association. 1.48 NON - PERFORMANCE Vendor shall at all times during the contract term remain responsive and responsible. In determining Vendor's responsibility as a vendor, the FSA Contract Administrator shall consider all information or evidence which is gathered or comes to the attention of the agency which demonstrates the Vendor's capability to fully satisfy the requirements of the solicitation and the contract. Vendors that are not in compliance with any of the provisions of this contract may be fined (see schedule of fines below), suspended and or terminated from the contract and future competitive bid solicitations at the discretion of the FSA Contract Administrator. REV 002/26/2016 Page 17 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 In some instances, Vendors may be required to develop corrective action plans to address contract compliance. In situations where there is evidence the dealer, Vendor, fleet sales manager or other representative has demonstrated egregious breaches of the contract or trust to both with the FSA and the customer, the contract will automatically be terminated and the dealer and their representative will be removed from future solicitations for a period up to three (3) years. Failure to abide by corrective action plans will result in the dealer and the dealer representative to be terminated from the contract and future competitive bid solicitations at the discretion of the FSA Contract Administrator. Specific conditions for termination include, but are not limited to; failure to perform, refusal to accept orders during the contract period while manufacturer orders are still being accepted for current model year and /or the new year if the vehicle is price protected by the factory, charging amounts exceeding MSRP on factory installed items and packages, requiring the purchase of additional options over and above the base vehicle as a condition of acceptance of order, providing aftermarket options where factory options are available without the consent of the Customer, any misrepresentation of optional equipment or service as being "factory" that fails to meet the definition as described in this document, and any other practice deemed to be outside of the intent of the contract. Any Vendor, who is presented with a valid purchase order as a result of a bid award for this contract, is required and bound by this contract to accept such purchase order(s) and deliver the product(s); regardless if the vehicle(s) or equipment is a base model or includes options at a higher cost. The Vendor must deliver this vehicle regardless of profit or loss based on their respective bid. Failure to deliver said vehicles or equipment will result in the ordering agency and the FSA seeking damages for the difference of cost to issue the exact same order with another Vendor plus any legal fees and damages that may be incurred in the process to facilitate a completed order. All terms and conditions are applicable throughout the term of the contract and not any given "Year, Make or Model ". Schedule of Fines —The list of fines are a minimum result of non - compliance. Failure to submit monthly report on time $25.00 per day Lost Purchase Order* (PO) — 1 St Offense $100.00 per incident Lost Purchase Order* (PO) — 2 Offense $250.00 per vehicle Lost Purchase Order* (PO) — 3 Offense Removal from the Contract Failure to place order within ten (10) business days $100.00 per day Failure to issue acknowledgment of Purchase Order to Agency and /or FSA $100.00 per P.O within the 14 calendar days as per 3.54 of the terms and conditions Failure to Report Sales .0075 plus 1.5% each month following the delivery date. *Each report of a lost purchase order will be handled on a case by case basis. 1.49 CANCELLATION In the event any of the provisions of this bid are violated by the Vendor, the Contract Manager shall give written notice to the Vendor stating the deficiencies and unless deficiencies are corrected within ten (10) REV 002/26/2016 Page 18 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 business days, recommendation will be made to the FSA for immediate cancellation. The FSA reserves the right to terminate any contract resulting from this invitation at any time and for any reason, upon giving thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party. 1.50 SEVERABILITY In the event any provision of this contract is held to be unenforceable for any reason, the unenforceability thereof shall not affect the remainder of the contract which shall remain in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms. 1.51 TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT If through any cause within the reasonable control of the successful bidder, it shall fail to fulfill in a timely manner, or otherwise violate any of the covenants, agreements, or stipulations material to the Agreement, the FSA shall thereupon have the right to terminate the services then remaining to be performed by giving written notice to the successful bidder of such termination which shall become effective upon receipt by the successful bidder of the written termination notice. In that event, the FSA shall compensate the successful bidder in accordance with the Agreement for all services performed by the bidder prior to termination, net of any costs incurred by the FSA as a consequence of the default. Notwithstanding the above, the successful bidder shall not be relieved of liability to the FSA for damages sustained by the FSA by virtue of any breach of the Agreement by the bidder, and the FSA may reasonably withhold payments to the successful bidder for the purposes of set off until such time as the exact amount of damages due the FSA from the successful bidder is determined. 1.52 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF FSA The FSA, for its convenience, can terminate the contract in whole or part without cause by giving written notice to the Vendor of such termination, which shall become effective thirty (30) days following receipt by bidder of such notice. In that event, all finished or unfinished documents and other materials shall be properly delivered to the FSA. The Vendor shall not furnish any product after it receives the notice of termination, except as necessary to complete the continued portion of the contract, if any. The Vendor shall not be entitled to recover any lost profits that the Vendor expected to earn on the balanced of the Agreement or cancellation charges. Any payments to the Vendor shall be only to the total extent of the FSA liability for goods or services delivered prior to the date of notice to terminate the contract. 1.53 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY Rev 2/16 Except for the rights expressly granted to the End User under this Agreement, the Florida Sheriffs Association will retain all right, title and interest in and to the Licensed Technology, including all worldwide Technology and intellectual property and proprietary rights. REV 002/26/2016 Page 19 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 2.0 BIDDER INSTRUCTIONS INDEX 2.01 Bidder Qualifications 2.02 Licensing /Facilities 2.03 Insurance & Indemnification 2.04 Specifications 2.05 Customer Service 2.06 Fixed Prices 2.07 References 2.08 Sealed Bids 2.09 No Bid 2.10 Specification Exceptions, Omissions or Errors 2.11 Complete Information Required on Bid Form 2.12 Mistakes 2.13 Samples 2.14 Equivalents 2.15 Requests for Additional Information or Clarification 2.16 Workshops — Contract /Specifications 2.17 Pre -Bid Conference 2.18 Prices Quoted 2.19 Option Pricing 2.20 Submittal of Bid 2.21 Execution of Bid 2.22 Modification /Withdrawals of Bid 2.23 Late Bids 2.24 Bid Opening 2.25 Determination of Responsiveness 2.26 Bid Tabulations 2.27 Minor Irregularities /Right to Reject 2.28 Cone of Silence a a a l REV 002/26/2016 Page 20 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 2.01 BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS In order for bids to be considered, new bidders to the Florida Sheriffs Cooperative Contract must submit with their bid, evidence that they are qualified to satisfactorily perform the specified service. Evidence shall include all information necessary to certify that the bidder maintains a permanent place of business; is an authorized distributor of the items specified in their proposal; has not had just or proper claims pending against him or his firm; and has provided similar type products. The evidence will consist of listing of contracts for similar services that have been provided to public and private sector clients, within the last three (3) years, and letter from the manufacturer that bidder is an authorized distributor for the proposed manufacturer. 2.02 LICENSING /FACILITIES Bidders are required to possess a Florida Motor Vehicle Dealers License in order to bid and all bidders must maintain a repair /warranty facility within the State of Florida to provide sales and service for the vehicles and equipment bid. FSA Contract Administrator reserves the right to periodically request additional or updated information from a dealer regarding the repair /warranty facility during the solicitation and the term of the contract, if awarded. The FSA Contract Administrator may also exercise discretion in examining such facility as deemed necessary. 2.03 INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION: (Reference Contract Check List for applicability to this contract) Vendor shall be fully liable for the actions of its agents, employees, partners, or Sub- Vendors and shall fully indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Florida Sheriffs Association, the participating agencies, and their officers, agents, and employees from suits, actions, damages, and costs of every name and description, including legal counsels' fees, arising from or relating to personal injury and damage to real or personal tangible property alleged to be caused in whole or in part by bidder, its agents, employees, partners, or Sub- Vendors; provided, however, that the bidder shall not indemnify for that portion of any loss or damages proximately caused by the negligent act or omission of the Florida Sheriffs Association, and participating agencies. Vendor's obligations under the above paragraph with respect to legal action are contingent upon the Florida Sheriffs Association, participating agencies giving the bidder (1) written notice of any action or threatened action, (2) the opportunity to take over and settle or defend any such action at bidder's sole expense. Vendor shall not be liable for any cost, expense or compromise incurred by the Florida Sheriffs Association, or participating agencies in any legal action without bidder's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Vendor shall be responsible for his work and every part thereof, and for all materials, tools, appliances and property of every description, used in connection with this particular project. The Vendor shall specifically and distinctly assume, and does so assume, all risks of damage or injury to property or persons used or employed on or in connection with the work and of all damage or injury to any person or property wherever located, resulting from any action or operation under the contract or in connection with the work. It is understood and agreed that at all times the Vendor is acting as an independent Vendor. REV 002/26/2016 Page 2 1 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 The Vendor, at all times during the full duration of work under this contract, including extra work in connection with this project shall meet the following requirements: Maintain Automobile Liability Insurance including Property Damage covering all owned, non -owned or hired automobiles and equipment used in connection with the work. No change or cancellation in insurance shall be made without thirty (30) days written notice to the FSA Contract Manager. All insurance policies shall be issued by companies authorized to do business under the laws of the State of Florida and these companies must have a rating of at least B +: VI or better per Best's Key Rating Guide, latest edition. Original signed Certificates of Insurance, evidencing such coverage's and endorsements as required herein shall be filed with and approved by the FSA Contract Manager prior to execution of a contract with the Florida Sheriffs Association. The certificate must state Bid Number and Title. Upon expiration of the required insurance, the Vendor must submit updated certificates of insurance for as long a period as any work is still in progress. It is understood and agreed that all policies of insurance provided by the Vendor are primary coverage to any insurance or self- insurance the FSA possesses that may apply to a loss resulting from the work performed in this contract. All policies issued to cover the insurance requirements herein shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure. No deductibles will be allowed in any policies issued on this contract unless specific safeguards have been established to assure an adequate fund for payment of deductibles by the insured and approved by the FSA's Contract Manager. The liability insurance coverage shall extend to and include the following contractual indemnity and hold harmless agreement: "The Vendor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the FSA, a 501c3, its officers, agents, and employees from all claims for bodily injuries to the public in and up to the amount of $1,000,000.00 for each occurrence and for all damages to the property of others in and up to the amount of $1,000,000.00 for each occurrence per the insurance requirement under the specifications including costs of investigation, all expenses of litigation, including reasonable legal counsel fees and the cost of appeals arising out of any such claims or suits because of any and all acts of omission or commission of any by the Vendor, his agents, servants, or employees, or through the mere existence of the project under contract ". The foregoing indemnity agreement shall apply to any and all claims and suits other than claims and suits arising out of the sole and exclusive negligence of the FSA, its officers, agents, and employees, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Vendor will notify his insurance agent without delay of the existence of the Hold Harmless Agreement contained within this contract, and furnish a copy of the Hold Harmless Agreement to the insurance agent and carrier. REV 002/26/2016 Page 22 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 The Vendor will obtain and maintain contractual liability insurance in adequate limits for the sole purpose of protecting the FSA under the Hold Harmless Agreement from any and all claims arising out of this contractual operation. The Vendor will secure and maintain policies of Sub- Vendors. All policies shall be made available to the FSA upon demand. Compliance by the Vendor and all Sub- Vendors with the foregoing requirements as to carrying insurance and furnishing copies of the insurance policies shall not relieve the Vendor and all Sub - Vendors of their liabilities and obligations under any Section or Provisions of this contract. Vendor shall be as fully responsible to the FSA for the acts and omissions of the Sub- Vendor and of persons employed by them as he is for acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Insurance coverage required in these specifications shall be in force throughout the contract term. Should any awardee fail to provide acceptable evidence of current insurance within seven days of receipt of written notice at any time during the contract term, the FSA shall have the right to consider the contract breached and justifying the termination thereof. If bidder does not meet the insurance requirements of the specifications; alternate insurance coverage, satisfactory to the FSA Contract Manager, may be considered. It is understood and agreed that the inclusion of more than one insured under these policies shall not restrict the coverage provided by these policies for one insured hereunder with respect to a liability claim or suit by another insured hereunder or an employee of such other insured and that with respect to claims against any insured hereunder, other insured's hereunder shall be considered members of the public; but the provisions of this Cross Liability clause shall apply only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use, occupancy or repair of such portions of the premises insured hereunder as are not reserved for the exclusive use of occupancy of the insured against whom claim is made or suit is filed. 2.04 SPECIFICATIONS All units covered by this specification and the detailed specifications shall be the manufacturer's current basic production model, and shall, as a minimum, be equipped with ALL standard factory equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's latest literature. Bidders must supply a unit that either meets or exceeds all the requirements included in the applicable detailed specifications. All bidders will be required to bid on the models listed in each designated specification. All bidders will be required to provide any information requested on the price sheets, such as manufacturer and model number of various components, or may have their bid rejected. All equipment, options, and features provided must be designed, constructed, and installed to be fully suitable for their intended use and service. It is important to note "Full Size" spare tires are not standard with all vehicles regardless of Manufacturer, Make or Model. It is the end users responsibility to ensure your vehicle order meets your agencies specifications. REV 002/26/2016 Page 2 3 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 2.05 CUSTOMER SERVICE Excellent customer service is the standard of the FSA. As Vendors of the FSA, all employees will be required to adhere to the FSA's "Service Excellence" standards and expected to conduct themselves in a professional, courteous and ethical manner in all situations. The successful bidder's employees must work as a cooperative team of well- trained professionals, and must serve the public with dignity and respect. All business transactions with the FSA will be conducted with honesty, integrity, and dedication. 2.06 FIXED PRICES If the bidder is awarded a contract under this bid solicitation, the prices quoted by the bidder on the Bid Forms shall remain fixed and firm during the initial term of this contract. 2.07 REFERENCES Bidders shall furnish the names, addresses, telephone numbers, and address of a minimum of five (5) firms or government organizations for which the Vendor is currently providing or has provided similar services on company letterhead. Two (2) of the references must be government related. A dealer participating for the first time in government fleet sales /bidding may be considered exempt if they can demonstrate they have the appropriate facility, staffing and financial resources to support the contract should they receive an award. Reference Bidder Instructions Section 2.01 Bidder Qualifications. 2.08 SEALED BIDS One Original and one copy (on a thumb drive) of the Bid as well as any other pertinent documents must be returned in order for the bid to be considered for award. All bids are subject to the conditions specified hereon and on the attached Special Conditions, Specifications and Bid Form. The completed bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope clearly marked with the Bid Title to the Florida Sheriffs Association, 1 Floor, 2617 Mahan Drive, Tallahassee FL 32308. Facsimile, electronic, or faxed bids will not be accepted. 2.09 NO BID If not submitting a bid, respond by returning the enclosed "NO BID" form questionnaire, and explain the reason. Repeated failure to bid without sufficient justification shall be cause for removal of a supplier's name from the bid mailing list. 2.10 SPECIFICATION EXCEPTIONS, OMISSION AND ERRORS Specifications are based on the most current manufacturer literature available. Bidders should immediately notify the Contract Administrator of any defects in the specifications or required submittal documents. All notifications of defect must be in writing and timely submitted. Bidders are required to indicate in their bid submissions those options which "require" additional equipment or model upgrade to obtain the original option. Bidder must also identify those options that REV 002/26/2016 Page 24 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 are available as a part of a package or group. The factory codes listed in the "Prices" section of the Special conditions must be used. Failure of a bidder to comply with these provisions will result in bidders being held responsible for all cost required to bring the vehicle into compliance with the contract specifications. Bidders are strongly encouraged to thoroughly review the qualification requirements set forth, specifically the minimum specifications found in Bidder Instructions Section 2.04, identified by the words "must ", "shall ", and "will ". Bidders who fail to satisfy the requirements set forth, may be deemed nonresponsive and receive no further consideration. Should your proposed bid not be able to meet one (1) or more of the requirements set forth in this ITB and you are proposing alternatives to said requirements, you must notify the FSA Cooperative Bid Coordinator's Office in writing at least five (5) days prior to the deadline for submission of bids. The FSA reserves the right to revise the scope of services via addendum prior to the deadline for receipt of bids to receive full consideration. Exceptions to the specifications at the time of the bid shall be listed on the Bid Form and shall reference the section and with a written explanation for the request for exception. Any exceptions to the General or Special Conditions shall be cause for the bid to be considered non - responsive. 2.11 COMPLETE INFORMATION REQUIRED ON BID FORM All bids must be submitted on the attached Bid Form and all blanks filled in. To be considered a valid bid, the ORIGINAL AND ONE (1) ELECTRONIC COPY of the Bid Form pages and all required submittal information must be returned, properly completed and sealed envelope as outlined in the first paragraph of General Conditions. 2.12 MISTAKES Bidders are expected to examine the specifications, delivery schedules, bid prices and extensions and all instructions pertaining to supplies and services. Failure to do so will be at the bidder's risk. 2.13 SAMPLES Samples of items, when required, must be furnished free of expense and, if not destroyed, will, upon request, be returned at the bidder's expense. Bidders will be responsible for the removal of all samples furnished within (30) days after bid opening. All samples will be disposed of after thirty (30) days. Each individual sample must be labeled with bidder's name. Failure of bidder to either deliver required samples or to clearly identify samples may be reason for rejection of the bid. Unless otherwise indicated, samples should be delivered to the Florida Sheriffs Association, Attention: Cooperative Bid Coordinator, 2617 Mahan Drive, Tallahassee FL 32308. 2.14 EQUIVALENTS The term "Approved Equivalent" is used to allow a bidder to bid components or equipment that are equal to the components or equipment described in the detailed specifications. The FSA Contract Administrator shall have the sole authority to determine approved equivalents. REV 002/26/2016 Page 2 5 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 Brand Names: Catalog numbers, manufacturers' and brand names, when listed, are informational guides as to a standard of acceptable product quality level only and should not be construed as an endorsement or a product limitation of recognized and legitimate manufacturers. Bidders shall formally substantiate and verify that product(s) offered conform with or exceed quality as listed in the specifications. If bidder offers a make or model of equipment or supplies other than those specified in the following, it must so indicate in the bid submittal. Bidder shall indicate on the bid form the manufacturer's name and number if bidding other than the specified brands, and shall indicate ANY deviation from the specifications as listed. Other than specified items offered requires complete descriptive technical literature marked to indicate detail(s) conformance with specifications and MUST BE INCLUDED WITH THE BID. Specific article(s) of equipment /supplies shall conform in quality, design and construction with all published claims of the manufacturer. NO BIDS WILL BE CONSIDERED WITHOUT THIS DATA. Lacking any written indication of intent to quote an alternate brand or model number, the bid will be considered as a bid in complete compliance with the specifications as listed on the attached form. Dealers offering alternate makes, manufacturers of vehicles or equipment not specifically identified in the bid cannot utilize or publish the offering as an "OPTION" within the bid specification and detail. Offerings of this nature will cause the bid to be rejected. 2.15 REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION Bidders are encouraged to examine the specifications carefully. In case doubt should arise as to the meaning or intent of any items contained in the specifications, inquiry should be made to the FSA Contract Administrator prior to the Pre -Bid Conference via e-mail or at the pre -bid conference in person. Telephone clarifications will not be accepted, and no clarification will be accepted after the date listed in the Bid Calendar. ALL request for information from bidders and FSA responses will be will be posted on the FSA Cooperative Bid Award website by the date scheduled on the Bid Calendar. The submission of a bid shall indicate that the bidder thoroughly understands the terms of the specifications. 2.16 WORKSHOPS — CONTRACT /SPECIFICATIONS ALL prospective bidders are required to attend the MANDATORY* vehicle workshop(s). At this time prospective bidders will have the opportunity to offer input and recommendations regarding the content of the bid specification and to meet with committee members to answer any questions relative to this invitation to bid. Any suggested modifications may be presented in writing or discussed with the advisory committee at this meeting and may be considered in formulating the Bid. ALL addendums to the contract initiated by the FSA will be posted on the Florida Sheriffs Association Cooperative Bid Award at http: / /www.flsheriffs.org Prospective bidders should check the website periodically for any addendums to the solicitation documents. *FSA reserves the right to grant exceptions based on the dealer /bidder has met all requirements as an approved vendor and agrees to sign a memo of understanding (MOU) that they understand all of the terms and conditions of the bid and agree to meet all of the terms and conditions without exception and further waive their right to protest any portion of the bid process. REV 002/26/2016 Page 26 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 2.17 PRE -BID CONFERENCE ALL prospective bidders are required to attend the MANDATORY* Pre -Bid conference. At this meeting the bid specifications will be discussed and it is the final opportunity for prospective bidders to make any last request for modification, corrections, or addressing other concerns relating to the bid or the process. *FSA reserves the right to grant exceptions based on the dealer /bidder has met all requirements as an approved vendor and agrees to sign a memo of understanding (MOU) that they understand all of the terms and conditions of the bid and agree to meet all of the terms and conditions without exception and further waive their right to protest any portion of the bid process. 2.18 PRICES QUOTED Deduct trade discounts and quote firm net prices. Give both unit price and extended total, when requested. Prices must be stated in units of quantity specified in the bidding specifications. Dealers ARE to include a three quarters of one percent (.0075) administrative fee to their base bid prices, at the time of bid submission including all additional equipment items (add options) and should not be indicated as a separate line item on any purchase order. Cross - reference: Contract Conditions, FSA Administrative Fees for All Specifications, Section 3.35 In case of discrepancy in computing the amount of the bid, the UNIT PRICE quoted will govern. All prices must be F.O.B. destination, freight prepaid (unless otherwise stated in special conditions). The dealer has the authority to offer discounts for prompt payment. Award, if made, will be in accordance with terms and conditions stated herein. Each item must be bid separately and no attempt is to be made to tie any item or items in with any other item or items. Cash or quantity discounts offered will not be a consideration in determination of award of bid(s). 2.19 OPTION PRICING Prices for options submitted by the dealer, for Emergency Vehicle Lighting, shall include all applicable fees and charges not including installation. Motorcycle pricing will include installation. No additional charges or fees are admissible. The bidder shall offer a discount which shall be below Manufacturer's Standard Retail Pricing (MSRP) or manufacturers published catalog price for any factory add options included in the bid submission and in resulting customer orders, if awarded. The amounts of discounts for each particular add option shall be decided by the bidder. When calculating upgrades, the total recognized MSRP (Refer General Conditions, General Definitions Section 1.08) for an item (that is not a manufacturer's free flow option for the base specification) is calculated as the differential between the dealer costs on the representative base vehicle versus total MSRP of the requested FSA option modifying the vehicle. When add options listed are included in the base vehicle, bidder must submit options as "Included" or "STD ". Bidder must use proper factory codes for all factory add options. Options available through the factory MUST be bid and supplied to Customer as "factory" options unless requested otherwise in writing by the Customer. REV 002/26/2016 Page 2 7 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 Options are intended to add or delete equipment and /or features from the base vehicle specification, and to allow for an upgrade or downgrade to a manufacturer's model with a slightly different engine size or horsepower, and as such, should not be made available for purchase separate from the base vehicle. Bidders shall NOT use add or delete options to create a piece of equipment that is entirely different than the base unit called for in the specification, or any other options that do not meet the intention of options as stated above. Bidder must indicate in their bid submission any option requiring the purchase of other options, and also indicate options that are a part of another option. The codes listed in the "Prices" section of the Special Conditions must be used. Any dealer found requiring a buyer to purchase an "upgrade package" in order to purchase an available stand -alone item will be in violation of this contract and required to make a reimbursement to the agency of the cost between the option and the upgrade package. The use of "Options" to facilitate the sale of an alternate Manufacturer's product which is outside the scope of the written base specification will be construed as non - compliant and their bid will be rejected, in whole or part by the FSA Bid Coordinator. Example: Bidder CANNOT include option upgrades that result in the selling of a vehicle or truck on one specification that is offered as a separate specification in the bid solicitation. For example, a Vendor who is awarded the bid for 25,500 lb. GVWR Cab & Chassis cannot upgrade this item through an add option to a 30,000 lb. GVWR Cab & Chassis in order to circumvent the bid award winner for the 30,000 lb. GVWR Cab & Chassis. 2.20 SUBMITTAL OF BID Bidders must submit their bid electronically via the Florida Sheriffs Association Cooperative Bid Award, located at http: / /www.flsheriffs.org Any bidder who offers emergency lighting and equipment (red, blue or any combination) to be installed on any vehicle or equipment, must provide evidence of EVT certification for installation. This includes any third party up fitting. Example: a truck that may be used in the fire department to support the operation that requires public safety lighting and equipment. Bidders must bid a requested FSA option first by offering the requested item if available from the factory. If this option is satisfied by the addition of a manufacturer's package that contains other items then it must be indicated in the comments and verifiable via audit. Furthermore, if the package offered to satisfy the request requires another factory option then that also must be indicated and referenced in the available optional equipment spaces. If the item is a package and available as a free flowing option to the base vehicle then the manufacturer's MSRP governs and by definition becomes the ceiling price. If the item is a package that changes the manufacturer's model number then the recognized MSRP computation will govern and define the ceiling price. Prices are to be rounded to the nearest dollar. Bids can be entered more than once; however, only the last bid entered into the system will be considered in the award process. Bids not submitted within the system will be rejected. REV 002/26/2016 Page 28 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 Each bidder is responsible for ensuring that his bid is submitted before the deadline outlined in the Bid Calendar. Late bids will not be considered and the system will not accept bids after the due date and time specified in the Bid Calendar. Reference: Bidder Instructions Section 2.23, Late Bids. In addition to submitting the bid via the FSA Cooperative Bid Award system, one original and one (1) exact copy (includes divider tabs) of the bid package in separate 3 -ring VIEW binders (not report folders) must be delivered or mailed to the attention of: FSA Cooperative Bid Coordinator Florida Sheriffs Association 2617 Mahan Drive Tallahassee, Florida 32308 FLEET @flsheriffs.org The electronic cover sheet must be completed with dealership name, contact person, telephone number and mobile phone number, and bidder shall check the appropriate box indicating whether the submittal is an Original or Copy. The cover sheet must be placed in the front cover of the view binder. Separate bid packages must be submitted for each individual dealership for which a bid was submitted through FSA Cooperative Bid Award. The bid package must include: • A printed copy of the submitted bid (printed after final bid submission takes place) • Manufacturer's print -out (Ford - "Dora "; General Motors - "GM Autobook "; or approved equivalent) for each vehicle on which a bid is submitted. The Manufacturer's print -out shall indicate an order code for the Manufacturer's base model, all standard equipment, and any optional components required to provide the base vehicle as outlined in the bid solicitation. Dealer installed aftermarket components are required to meet the base vehicle specified must be identified, in writing, on the printout. • For specifications or units that do not produce a manufacturer's print -out, bid package must include manufacturer's documentation that includes standard equipment and such other information that provides verification that such item meets the base specification. • Pricing Sheet for Emergency Vehicle Lighting (if applicable) • Contract Signature page. Bidder must complete the Signature Page in its entirety, and must indicate by signature on the form that bidder has read and understands the provisions contained in this Invitation to Bid. • Bidder will check the appropriate box indicating whether the submittal is an Original or Copy. All bids must show the company name and be manually signed (no rubber stamps, facsimile signatures, etc.) in ink by a dealer principal and an employee who has the authority for bid submission if such employee is not a dealer principal. Unsigned bids will be rejected. • The bid package must be received at the Florida Sheriffs Association according to the date and time specified in the Bid Calendar. Failure to meet all submission requirements by the dates indicated in the Bid Calendar will result in rejection of the bid. Reference: Bidder Instructions Section 2.23, Late Bids. • By virtue of its bid submission, Vendor acknowledges its obligation to sell vehicles in all zones for which it is awarded. REV 002/26/2016 Page 29 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 2.21 EXECUTION OF BID Bid must contain a manual signature of an authorized representative in the space provided on the Bid signature page. Failure to properly sign bid shall invalidate same and it shall NOT be considered for award. All bids must be completed in pen and ink or typewritten. No erasures are permitted. If a correction is necessary, draw a single line through the entered figure and enter the corrected figure above it. Corrections must be initialed by the person signing the bid. Any illegible entries, pencil bids or corrections not initialed will not be tabulated. The original bid conditions and specifications CANNOT be changed or altered in any way. Altered bids will not be considered. Clarification of bid submitted shall be in letter form, signed by bidders and attached to the bid. 2.22 MODIFICATION /WITHDRAWALS OF BIDS A Bidder may submit a modified bid to replace all or any portion of a previously submitted bid up until the bid due date and time. Modifications received after the bid due date and time will not be considered. Bids shall be irrevocable until contract award unless withdrawn in writing prior to the bid due date or after expiration of 120 calendar days from the opening of Bids without a contract award. Letters of withdrawal received after the bid due date and before said expiration date and letters of withdrawal received after contract award will not be considered. 2.23 LATE BIDS At time, date and place above, bids will be opened. Any bid or bids received after time and date specified will be returned to the bidder unopened. The responsibility for submitting a bid before the stated time and date is solely and strictly the responsibility of the bidder /proposer. The FSA is not responsible for delays caused by mail, courier service, including U.S. Mail or any other occurrence. Any reference to time will be based on Eastern Standard Time (EDST) 2.24 BID OPENING Bids shall be opened and publicly read on the date, time and place specified on the Bid Calendar and will be evaluated thereafter. All bids received after the date, time, and place shall be returned, unopened. Although prices will not be read, bidders may attend, but it is not a requirement. The FSA Cooperative Bid Coordinator will electronically post the initial bid tabulation results and any and all awards on the FSA Cooperative Bid Award website according to the time outlined in the Bid Calendar. If the posting of the initial bid tabulation results is delayed, in lieu of posting the notice on the date indicated on the Bid Calendar, the FSA Cooperative Bid Coordinator will post a notice of the delay and a revised date for posting of results. REV 002/26/2016 Page 30 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 2.25 DETERMINATION OF RESPONSIVENESS Determination of responsiveness will take place at the time of bid opening and evaluation. In order to be deemed a responsive bidder, your bid must conform in all material respects to the requirements stated in their Bid. 2.26 BID TABULATIONS Bidders desiring a copy of the bid tabulation may request same by enclosing a self- addressed stamped envelope with the bid. 2.27 MINOR IRREGULARITIES /RIGHTTO REJECT The FSA has the right to accept or reject any and all bids, or separate portions thereof, and to waive any irregularity, technicality or omission if the FSA determines that doing so will serve in the FSA's best interest. The FSA may also reject any Response not submitted in the manner specified by the solicitation documents. 2.28 CONE OF SILENCE This invitation to bid is subject to the "Cone of Silence" in accordance with FSA policy. During this period all questions / communication will only be accepted in writing directly to the contract administrator. All questions and communication and their associated responses will be posted to the FSA Cooperative Bid Award website. REV 002/26/2016 Page 31 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 3.0 CONTRACT CONDITIONS = 3.01 General Requirements for All Vehicles 3.02 Condition and Packaging 3.03 Production Cutoff 3.04 Determination of Award 3.05 Facilities 3.06 Substitutions 3.07 Collusion (2 Ref) 3.08 Option to Renew with Price Adjustment 3.09 VEBA - Sun downing 3.10 Amendments to Solicitation Documents 3.11 Additions and Deletions 3.12 Hybrids & other Alternative Fuel Vehicles 3.13 Police Rate Vehicles /Motorcycles (PPV) 3.14 Special Service Vehicles 3.15 Cab & Chassis Purchases 3.16 Factory Installed 3.17 Dealer /Vendor Installed Equipment 3.18 Bid Evaluation Criteria 3.19 Basis for Award 3.20 Bid Withdrawal 3.21 Zone Bidding 3.22 Pre - Delivery Services 3.23 Non - Scheduled Options 3.24 Delivery 3.25 Vehicle Delivery 3.26 Order, Delivery and Liquidated Damages 3.27 Acceptance 3.28 Inspection, Acceptance and Title 3.29 Equitable Adjustment 3.30 Discounts 3.31 Invoicing and Payments 3.32 Payment 3.33 Warranty, Repairs and Service 3.34 Inadequate Services 3.35 FSA Administrative Fees for All Specifications Rev 2/16 3.36 Contracting Vendors' Quarterly Reports and Fee Submission Requirements Rev 2/16 3.37 Dealer Contact Information 3.38 Statement of Authority REV 002/26/2016 Page 32 a a a u FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL VEHICLES The requirements specified herein apply to ALL vehicles purchased under the terms and conditions of this contract. This specification is not complete without the specific requirements described in the detailed specifications for the particular vehicle to be purchased. In the event there is a conflict between the requirements of this specification and those of the enclosed detailed specifications, the requirements as stated in the detailed specifications over and above the vehicle standard equipment for the vehicle to be purchased shall apply. Vendor /Dealers may offer demonstration vehicles that have never been titled These vehicles are to include the original manufacturer's warranty and may include additional discounts. It is determined that Fire /EMS related vehicles qualify as new /demonstrator vehicles if they comply with the above and are 2 -3 model years from the newest available year model and have no more than 24,000 miles on the odometer. Heavy equipment qualifies as new /demonstrator equipment if they comply with the above and the engine hours do not exceed 1250 hours. This is not applicable to sedans and light trucks. 3.02 CONDITION AND PACKAGING It is understood and agreed that any item offered or shipped as a result of this bid shall be the latest new and current model offered (most current production model at the time of this bid). If the production year has been exhausted any time during the contract, vendor may offer the current production model at the time of the purchase at no extra cost. Exceptions to this section include, but are not limited to: Changes to federal emissions standards resulting in additional production costs. 3.03 PRODUCTION CUTOFF Vendor shall notify the Contract Administrator, in writing, no less than sixty (60) calendar days prior to the close of "Fleet Final Order Date ". Purchase Orders received by the Vendor ten (10) business days prior to the final order date must be accepted and entered into the order system with the manufacturer. Purchase Orders issued and received after the cutoff date will be subject to availability. If a purchase order has been timely received by the Vendor and the manufacturer and the manufacturer fails to produce /deliver the production year vehicle, the Vendor must provide the next year's equivalent model at current contract prices. Purchase Orders received by the Vendor after the cutoff date, the Vendor and manufacturer at their sole discretion may choose to provide next year's model at current year's prices until the end of the contract term. 3.04 DETERMINATION OF AWARD The FSA shall award the contract to the lowest and best bidder. In determining the lowest and best bidder, in addition to price, there shall be considered the following: • The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the Contract. • Whether the bidder can perform the Contract within the time specified, without delay or interference. REV 002/26/2016 Page 3 3 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 • The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder. • The quality of performance of previous contracts. • The previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the Contract. 3.05 FACILITIES The FSA reserves the right to inspect the bidder's facilities at any time with prior notice. 3.06 SUBSTITUTIONS The FSA WILL NOT accept substitute shipments of any kind. Bidder(s) is expected to furnish the brand quoted in their bid once awarded. Any substitute shipments will be returned at the bidder's expense. 3.07 COLLUSION Dealerships and their representatives may submit multiple bids without conflict of "Collusion" as long as the bid submitted is not from the same manufacture and product line. Dealerships which share the same ownership may submit multiple bids also without conflict of collusion as long as the bidders are not in the same region, with the same manufacturer and product line. Reference General Conditions 1.44 Collusion 3.08 OPTION TO RENEW WITH PRICE ADJUSTMENT The contract could be extended for an additional two (2) years, on a year to year basis, if mutually agreed by upon both parties. Prior to completion of each exercised contract term, the FSA may consider an adjustment to price due to increases or decreases on the Consumer Price Index; but in no event will the prices be increased or decreased by a percentage greater than the percentage change reflected in the Nationally published Consumer Price Index -Goods and Services, computed 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the contract. It is the vendor's responsibility to request any pricing adjustment under this provision. For any adjustment to commence on the first day of any exercised option period, the vendor's request or adjustment should be submitted 60 days prior to expiration of the then current contract term. The vendor adjustment request must clearly substantiate the requested increase. If no adjustment request is received from the vendor, the FSA will assume that the vendor has agreed that the optional term may be exercised without pricing adjustment. Any adjustment request received after the commencement of a new option period will not be considered. The FSA reserves the right to accept the renewal adjustment or to allow the contract to terminate and re- advertise for bids, whichever is in the best interest of the FSA. 3.09 VEBA The VEBA System is being replaced and VEBA is sun - downing with an estimated timeframe of June 2016. All references of VEBA are replaced with FSA Cooperative Bid Award. REV 002/26/2016 Page 34 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 3.10 AMENDMENTS TO SOLICITATION DOCUMENTS The Contract Administrator retains the right to issue amendments to the solicitation as appropriate and necessary. Notice of any amendment will be posted on the FSA Cooperative Bid Award website. Bidders are responsible for monitoring the FSA Cooperative Bid Award website for new or updated information concerning the bid. 3.11 ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS to the Bid Award The FSA reserves the right to add or delete any items from this bid or resulting contract(s) when deemed to be in the best interest of FSA and the participating eligible users. The FSA reserves the right to add additional manufacturer lines and brands to the bid award as they become available and are not in conflict with any already awarded dealer representing or competing with the same manufacturer and brands. These Manufacturers /Dealers may be considered as additional providers of good and /or services to the contract after having met all of the criteria necessary to be an approved vendor and their product or service meets the minimum specifications of the original bid. If an FSA awarded dealer terminates a product line (Manufacturer or Brand), the dealer is required to notify the FSA Cooperative Bid Coordinator within ten (10) business days of the decision not to retain the Manufacturer or Brand. In the event a manufacturer reassigns the product line to an alternate dealer, the manufacturer and the dealer is required immediately to notify the FSA in writing of the change within ten (10) business days confirming the reassignment. If the vendor /dealer is not already an approved FSA vendor, the vendor is required to apply to the FSA to become an approved vendor PRIOR to conducting any qualified sales. The dealer and the manufacturer are required to honor the contract pricing and all of the applicable terms and conditions throughout the remaining term of the contract. 3.12 HYBRIDS and other ALTERNATIVE FUELED VEHICLES The Florida Sheriffs Association and the Florida Association of Counties encourage the purchase of alternative fueled vehicles. Bidders shall provide prices for any standard production, special productions, limited production or experimental vehicles available from the vehicle manufacturer for any of the classes of vehicles specified in this bid. State the production status of the vehicle and enclose any and all available literature and information for each specification bid. 3.13 POLICE RATED VEHICLES /MOTORCYCLES (PPV) Vehicles in this category have been reviewed by one or more of the nationally recognized authorities on Police Vehicle Testing Program /Evaluation. These vehicles were historically referred to as "Pursuit Rated ". These evaluations are not designed to recommend a particular product but to serve as a resource of information on vehicles which are currently being offered for police service. To see the full detailed report click or copy the links below. The importance with which each individual phase is weighted in these evaluations is a subjective decision which should be made by each agency based upon that agency's needs. REV 002/26/2016 Page 3 5 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 For the purposes of this bid specification the following recognized authorities are as follows; STATE OF MICHIGAN Department of State Police and Department of Technology, Management and Budget Police Vehicle Evaluation Program http: / /www.michigan.gov /documents /msp /2016 MY Police Vehicle Evaluation Test Book 516080 7.pdf Excerpt from the State of Michigan General introduction. "We recommend you review the information contained in this report and then apply it to the needs of your agency. This report is not an endorsement of products, but a means of learning what's available for your officers so they can do their job effectively and safely. If anything in this report requires further explanation or clarification, please call or write." LAPD LAW ENFORCEMENT VEHICLE TEST AND EVALUATION PROGRAM http : / /shg.lasdnews.net /shgZvehicle testing /2015- VehicleTest %20Book 4- 21- 15.pdf Preface from LAIRD Evaluation Report "The Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department first implemented its police vehicle testing program in 1974. Since that time, our department has become nationally recognized as a major source of information relative to police vehicles and their use. It is our goal to provide law enforcement agencies with the information they require to successfully evaluate those vehicles currently being offered for police service. The Los Angeles County Sheriffs Department is proud to publish this information, via the internet, to all law enforcement agencies. Since the inception of our vehicle testing program in 1974, we have continually refined our efforts in this area in order to provide the law enforcement community with the most current information available. During the 1997 model year testing, the Sheriffs department expanded its existing criteria to include an urban or "city street" pursuit course. This course consists of multiple city block distances punctuated by the various types of turns normally found in most inner city environments. The "city street" course is designed to simulate the conditions encountered by most officers working in typical urban communities. The test is only conducted on vehicles offered with a factory "Police Package ". Since many law enforcement agencies buy "non- pursuit" vehicles, we also test vehicles offered in a "Special Service" configuration when offered by the Manufacturers. These vehicles are tested in a similar fashion as "Police Package" vehicles however we do not subject them to the city street pursuit course. The booklet is not intended as a recommendation for any specific vehicle contained within. The Sheriff's Department conducts the vehicle testing program in order to accomplish two primary goals. To provide law enforcement agencies with the data necessary to assist those in the vehicle selection process, and to provide the various vehicle manufacturers with the input necessary to better meet the needs of law enforcement. We recognize the fact that individual agency needs can be influenced by cost, operational considerations and other factors. Our testing process is designed to address the law enforcement officer's operational requirements in terms of vehicle performance, vehicle safety, and comfort. The fleet maintenance interest is addressed by performing an extensive mechanical evaluation on each vehicle submitted. Each test is designed and executed to simulate actual field conditions as closely as possible. REV 002/26/2016 Page 36 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 The vehicles being tested are driven on city streets and interstates, as well as the performance track, by law enforcement personnel. The maneuvers duplicated during the electronic test procedures are those encountered in actual patrol and emergency operations which the law enforcement officer may encounter in the field. Interpretation of test results is the responsibility of each agency. The importance with which each individual phase is weighted is a subjective decision which should be made by each agency based upon that agency's needs." 3.14 SPECIAL SERVICE VEHICLES (SSV): Vehicles in this category, in some cases have been reviewed by one or more of the nationally recognized authorities on Police Vehicle Testing Program /Evaluation (see Section 3.13, above). These vehicles are often referred to as "Special Service Vehicle" and often used in Public Safety applications and other areas of government. Please refer to manufactures published information for detailed information regarding these vehicles. 3.15 CAB AND CHASSIS PURCHASES Cab and Chassis can be purchased from the dealer without any required additional fitting by the dealer. However, the dealer upon sale of an incomplete chassis is not required to register /title the incomplete vehicle unless the up fitting is completed by the dealer or the dealers licensed and certified up fitter. If an agency chooses to up fit the chassis utilizing a 3 rd party vendor and the work is outside of the scope of the purchase order issued to the dealer by the agency, then the 3 rd party vendor is liable to perform all the prerequisites of the state and issue the appropriate registration /title to the agency upon completion of the work. It is highly recommended that all up fitting of cab and chassis be performed by vendors who are licensed /certified to perform such work to avoid unnecessary exposure to any possible future liability as a result of the up fitting. 3.16 FACTORY INSTALLED Aftermarket parts, modifications and factory produced parts and components ordered as parts and installed by the dealer, or a Vendor, do not meet the requirements of "Factory Installed" components, and will be rejected for noncompliance with the requirements of the specification. In the event a component(s) that does not meet the specifications is found to be installed on a vehicle before or after the vehicle has been accepted by the customer, the Vendor shall be required to replace the vehicle with a vehicle that meets the required specifications, INCLUDING ALL FACTORY INSTALLED COMPONENTS. In the alternative, the customer shall decide whether they will accept dealer installed components. ■ All specified as "factory installed" is to be installed on the vehicle at the primary site of assembly and is to be the manufacturer's standard assembly -line product. No aftermarket and no dealer installed equipment will be accepted as "factory installed ". Vendors found supplying aftermarket or dealer installed equipment where "factory installed" are specified may be required to retrieve all vehicles delivered and reorder new vehicles meeting the specifications. ■ ALL factory ordered options are to be "OEM and factory installed" unless otherwise noted by the dealer and acknowledged in writing by both the dealer and the customer. Verbal agreements REV 002/26/2016 Page 3 7 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 will not be recognized; if any exception to the delivered product is taken be the dealer or the customer. 3.17 DEALER /VENDOR INSTALLED EQUIPMENT All dealer installed accessories (roll bar, trailer hitch, etc.) shall be installed according to the manufacturer's specifications. All such accessories must be manufactured by a recognized manufacturer of the product provided, unless the accessory is not available from a recognized manufacturer. Dealer is required to disclose "Make /Model" of product being offered and the location, design, and model must be approved by the customer prior to installation. Dealer must also disclose the warranty of any item that less than or exceeds factory vehicle factory warranty coverage. An awarded Vendor that employs or subcontracts technicians to install emergency equipment on vehicles purchased on this contract are required to utilize technicians that are certified in Law Enforcement Vehicle Installation through EVT Certification Commission, Inc. or an approved equivalent. The Florida Sheriffs' Association Contract Administrator may at any time during the contract period request proof of the required certification. Any awarded Vendor that violates this provision will be considered in default of the contract. The contract may then be terminated upon ten day written notice of said violation. 3.18 BID EVALUATION CRITERIA Eligible responsive bids will be evaluated to determine if all contract bid requirements are met. Bids that do not meet all contract requirements of this solicitation or fail to provide all required information, documents, or materials may be rejected as nonresponsive. Bidder must have the necessary facilities, personnel and expertise, and must be prepared, if requested by the FSA Contract Administrator, to present evidence of such experience, including evidence of EVT certified technicians to perform installation of emergency lighting for applicable specifications. The FSA Contract Administrator reserves the right to investigate or inspect at any time during the bid award process and the contract period as to, whether the product, qualifications, or facilities offered by Bidder meet the contract requirements. Bidders whose bids, past performance, or current status do not reflect the capability, integrity or reliability to fully and in good faith perform the requirements of the contract may be rejected as non- responsive. In determining past performance, the FSA Contract Administrator will give strong consideration to the nature and number of complaints received from Customers regarding a previously awarded dealer. The FSA Contract Administrator may use discretion in determining which bids meet the contract requirements of this solicitation, and which respondents are responsive and responsible. The FSA Contract Administrator may use discretion in accepting or rejecting any and all bids, or separable portions thereof, and to waive any minor irregularity, technicality, or omission if determined that doing so will serve the best interest of the local government agencies of the State of Florida. The FSA Contract Administrator may reject any responses not submitted in the manner specified by solicitation documents REV 002/26/2016 Page 38 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 3.19 BASIS FOR AWARD The FSA Contract Administrator shall award the bid to the lowest and best responsive bidder by specification, by manufacturer and by zone to bidders who have met the qualifications based on facilities, financial resources, and can demonstrate their ability to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. Bidders, who routinely demonstrate significant deficiencies in providing excellent customer service during the contract period prior to the issuance of this bid, may have their bid rejected or limited to the number of regions they can be awarded in this bid cycle. For purpose of this contract the term "significant" as determined by the Florida Sheriffs Association. In cases where the manufacturer is the core of the issue then the dealer must provide evidence of timely communication to the complainant and the FSA. Bidders are hereby advised that the FSA Contract Administrator may use discretion in rejecting any bid proposal not considered to be competitive in nature based on the best pricing information available. The FSA Contract Administrator may use discretion in rejecting any or all bids, in whole or in part, and /or make or limit awards either as individual items or as a total combined bid, whichever they consider to be in the best interest of the local governmental agencies of the State of Florida, and to waive any informality in any proposal. The add options in the bid shall be for informational purposes only and will not serve as a basis for bid protest. Reference: Bidder Instructions, Section 2.19 Option Pricing, for additional criteria. 3.20 BID WITHDRAWAL Bidder warrants by virtue of bidding the prices quoted in their bid response will be good for an evaluation period of sixty (60) calendar days from the date of bid opening unless otherwise stated. Bidders will only be allowed to withdraw their bids after the opening time and date at the discretion of the FSA Contract Administrator and in the best interest of FSA. 3.21 ZONE BIDDING Bidders are allowed to condition their bid for award in one or more geographic zones depicted on the zone map included. (Addendum A) A Space is provided for bidder to indicate zone bidding. Absence of any indication to the contrary, ALL bids will be considered statewide. 3.22 PRE - DELIVERY SERVICES Bidder's attention is directed to the pre - delivery service requirements as detailed. To assure proper pre - delivery service, the Vendor shall provide, at time of delivery, a completed copy of the manufacturer's standard retail sale pre - delivery inspection form (examples are listed below). o CHRYSLER NEW PREPARATION, INSPECTION AND ROAD TEST o FORD PRE - DELIVERY SERVICE RECORD o GM NEW VEHICLE INSPECTION PROCEDURE (Or manufacturer's latest pre - delivery form) REV 002/26/2016 Page 39 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 3.23 NON - SCHEDULED OPTIONS FSA endeavors to include many non - scheduled options, factory and aftermarket, in the bid document. However, it should be understood that this category is enormous in capacity and not feasible for complete listing. Should an agency request a non - scheduled option, not included in the contract, the awarded vendor may provide this non - scheduled option. The agency has the opportunity to request the vendor's demonstration of discount pricing for any non - scheduled option during the quote process. At no time should the non - scheduled option exceed MSRP or Published Price. Non - scheduled options should be listed as a separate line item and noted as such on the purchase order, with prices. All non - scheduled options are covered under these terms and conditions. 3.24 DELIVERY Vendors shall specify on the attached Bid Form, the estimated delivery time (in calendar days) for each item. Agency should consult the vendor regarding vehicle production schedules that may be available on- line. Delivery time may become a basis for making an award. Delivery shall be within the normal working hours of the user, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. 3.25 VEHICLE DELIVERY The successful bidder shall be responsible for delivering vehicles that are properly serviced, clean, and in first class operating condition. Pre - delivery service, at a minimum, shall include the following: • Standard Dealer and Manufacturer protocol for new vehicle delivery plus; ■ Cleaning of vehicle, if necessary, and removal of all unnecessary tags, stickers, papers, etc. DO NOT remove window price sticker or supplied line sheet; ■ Speedometer must be correct regardless of the tires provided by the vehicle manufacturer or axle ratio furnished; ■ Owner's manual and warranty manual to accompany each vehicle; ■ Manufacturer's suggested retail price list sheet (window sticker) form MUST be in the vehicle when it is delivered to the purchasing agency. Vehicles that are missing this form, or have forms that have been altered, will not be accepted. 3.26 ORDER, DELIVERY AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. Order 1) Eligible customers shall issue a purchase order to the Vendor, and such purchase order shall bear the contract or bid number, specification number, customer's federal identification number and contact information (phone number and email address) shall be placed by the customer directly REV 002/26/2016 Page 40 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 with the Vendor, and shall be deemed to incorporate the contract solicitation terms and conditions. Required delivery or due dates should be discussed with the dealer at the time of the quote. It is important to note that dealers do not have ANY control over production delays in schedules from the manufacturer. While it is recommended that the agency purchase from the "region" which is closest to their location, it is not mandatory to do so, however, ordering from outside the local region may result in additional cost for delivery. 2) Purchasing agency is required to forward an executed copy of the purchase order to the Florida Sheriffs Association, Cooperative Bid Coordinator (by email, fax or hard copy) at the same time the purchase order is released to the Vendor. 3) If a Vendor receives a purchase order for a specification for which they were not awarded, the Vendor must notify the customer and return the purchase order to the customer within three (3) business days. 4) All vehicles ordered prior to manufacturer's close of production and in accordance with the contract shall be supplied in the manufacturer's next model run of that class vehicle even if it requires supplying a later model at the original bid prices. 5) Vendor shall place order with manufacturer within ten (10) business days after receipt of purchase order. Vendor shall assure that all orders are placed in full compliance with the specifications and purchase order. 6) It is the Vendor's responsibility to insure that the vehicle ordered by the customer is fully compatible with all ordered options and that the vehicle complies with all applicable manufacturer and industry standards. The Vendor's acceptance of a customer's order will indicate that the Vendor agrees to deliver a vehicle that will be fully compatible with all of its options. 7) Any changes that are required to bring a vehicle into compliance with its various options due to an incorrect order will be accomplished at the Vendor's expense. 8) A "Confirmation of Order" form shall be completed and returned to the customer placing order(s) against this contract, (a sample copy of the confirmation form is included) within fourteen (14) calendar days after receipt of purchase order without prompting or notification by the customer. (Refer to Addendum "C ") Any additional information needed to complete this form should be obtained by contacting the customer. The form may be modified to accommodate each customer individually as necessary. B. Delivery 1) Vendor shall complete delivery of the vehicle to the customer within fourteen (14) calendar days after receipt of the vehicle(s) from the manufacturer or equipment supplier. Vehicles originating as an incomplete vehicle would be exempt. 2) Receipt of a vehicle by the Vendor is defined as acceptance of the vehicle(s) from a common carrier at the Vendor's place of business or any third party's place of business. REV 002/26/2016 Page 41 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 3) Deliveries of less than 350 miles may be accomplished by driving the vehicle. Any delivery accomplished by driving the vehicle must be supervised and the driver must comply with manufacturer's break -in requirements and all applicable traffic laws and ordinances. Any delivery accomplished by driving a police rated vehicle must use an "OUT OF SERVICE" cover on light bars. All deliveries in excess of 350 miles shall be made by transport, or otherwise approved by the purchasing agency. Incomplete vehicles would be exempt. 4) At the purchaser's option, a vehicle with more than 350 odometer miles may be rejected or $0.51 cents per mile in excess of 350 miles may be deducted from the invoice, unless previously approved by the purchasing agency. This requirement also applies to redelivery of vehicles which were rejected upon delivery. 5) Warranty Start Date - If the purchaser needs to reset the warranty start date because of an extended delivery date, they must do so by contacting the dealer in writing. Incomplete vehicles or vehicles delivered to an up fitter would not qualify for a revised start date unless the vehicle is in the control of the dealer during the up fit. In any event, all warranties shall begin at the time of delivery and final acceptance by the purchaser. 6) All bids are FOB to the agency. If the dealer, at the request of the purchasing agency delivers vehicles or equipment to an alternate location other than home base and is outside the scope of the purchase order, this will conclude the dealer's responsibility for delivery. Any exception is invalid unless the agreement, quote, purchase order, or other written document states otherwise. 7) Vendor shall notify agency personnel designated on purchase order no less than 24 hours prior to delivery during mutually agreeable dates and times. Transport deliveries must be unloaded and inspected by receiving agency. Deliveries not complying with these requirements may be rejected and will have to be redelivered at Vendor's expense. 8) All vehicles must contain no less than 1/4 tank of fuel as indicated by fuel gauge at time of delivery, except for vehicles and equipment with tanks over thirty five (35) gallons in capacity, which must contain a minimum of ten (10) gallons of fuel. C. Liquidated Damages 1) Should the Vendor fail to comply with the requirements in Section 3.26.B.6 above, the agency may invoke liquidated damages of $20.00 per day per unit for each day beyond the specified delivery requirements. 2) Force Majeure. Liquidated damages shall not be assessed for a delay resulting from the Vendor's failure to comply with delivery requirements if neither the fault nor the negligence of the Vendor or its employees contributed to the delay and the delay is due directly to acts of God, wars, acts of public enemies, strikes, fires, floods, or other similar cause wholly beyond the Vendor's control, or for any of the foregoing that Sub- Vendors or suppliers if no alternate source of supply is available to the Vendor. In case of any delay the Vendor believes is excusable, they shall notify the customer in writing of the delay or potential delay and describe the cause of the delay either (1) within ten (10) days after the cause that creates or will create the delay first arose, REV 002/26/2016 Page 42 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 3) if the vendor could reasonably foresee that a delay could occur as a result, or (2) if delay is not reasonably foreseeable, within five (5) days after the date the vendor first had reason to believe that a delay could result. The foregoing shall constitute the Vendor's sole remedy or excuse with respect to delay. 3.27 ACCEPTANCE It is the purchaser's responsibility to thoroughly inspect each vehicle prior to acceptance. Copies of the bid specifications and purchase order for the vehicle will be delivered with the vehicle. Purchasers are to inspect the vehicle and compare bid specifications, purchase order and manufacturer's window sticker or manufacturer's invoice to ensure vehicle meets or exceeds the requirements of the technical bid specifications and purchase order. Purchasers are to inspect the vehicle for physical damage. Delivery of a vehicle to a customer does not constitute acceptance for the purpose of payment. Final acceptance and authorization of payment shall be given only after a thorough inspection indicates that the vehicle meets contract specifications and the requirements listed below. Should the delivered vehicle differ in any respect from specifications, payment will be withheld until such time as the Vendor completes the necessary corrective action. Units shall be delivered with each of the following documents completed /included: a. Copy of "Customer's Purchase Order" b. Copy of the applicable "Vehicle Specification" C. Copy of "Manufacturer's Invoice" or "Window Sticker ". Copy of manufacturer's invoice if vehicle model is not delivered with a window sticker. Prices may be deleted from manufacturer's invoice. d. Copy of "Pre- Delivery Service Report" e. "Warranty Certification" f. Owner's manual g. DHSMV 82040, "Application for Certificate of Title and /or Vehicle Registration" (for signature of authorized representative). This document will not be included if the Vendor /dealer is providing the tag and title. Deliveries that do not include the above forms and publications will be considered and incomplete and will be refused. 3.28 INSPECTION, ACCEPTANCE & TITLE Inspection and acceptance will be at destination unless otherwise provided. Title to /or risk of loss or damage to all items shall be the responsibility of the successful bidder until acceptance by the buyer unless loss or damage result from negligence by the buyer. If the materials or services supplied to the FSA are found to be defective or not conform to specifications, the FSA reserves the right to cancel the order upon written notice to the seller and return product at bidder's expense. 3.29 EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT The Contract Administrator may make an equitable adjustment in the contract terms or pricing in the contract at its discretion. Adjustments to pricing may occur for various reasons, such as pricing or REV 002/26/2016 Page 43 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 availability of supply (i.e. material surcharge) is affected by extreme and unforeseen volatility in the marketplace, that is, by circumstances that satisfy all the following criteria: (1) the volatility is due to causes wholly beyond the Vendor's control, (2) the volatility affects the marketplace or industry, not just the particular contract source of supply, (3) the effect on pricing or availability of supply is substantial, and (4) the volatility so affects the Vendor that continued performance of the contract would result in a substantial loss. When requesting an adjustment, including but not limited to price increases, the following must be submitted to the Contract Administrator: • A letter of request from the Vendor, including the specification number and model listed in the contract, along with the requested changes; • When requested adjustment is based on production cutoff of a currently listed model, a letter of affirmation from the manufacturer; • When requested adjustment includes model changes, manufacturer's documentation of items included in the proposed model in order to determine that the proposed model meets the base specification; • Currently published MSRP Listing 3.30 DISCOUNTS Discounts must be a whole, positive percentage with no decimal place ( %; e.g. 10 %). Discount ranges are not acceptable. Discounts shall be below Manufacturer's Standard Retail Pricing (MSRP) or manufacturers published price for any vehicle, equipment and factory add options. The dealer has the authority to offer additional discounts based on quantity, as well as additional manufacturer /dealer discounts. 3.31 INVOICING AND PAYMENTS Invoicing and payments shall be the responsibility of the Vendor and customer placing orders against this contract. Vendors must invoice each customer independently from the Florida Sheriffs Association, the Florida Association of Counties and the Florida Fire Chief's Association for vehicle(s) purchased from this contract. The Vendor shall be paid upon submission of properly certified invoices to the purchaser at the prices stipulated on the contract at the time the order is placed, after delivery and acceptance of goods. Upon receipt of goods, a customer has three (3) working days to inspect and approve the goods and services. The Local Government Prompt Payment Act (as stated in Sections 218.70- 218.80, Florida Statutes); will apply to ensure timely payment of Vendor invoices. The invoice(s) shall indicate the following but is not limited to these requirements: Shipping location, purchase order number, contract number, quantity shipped, price, date, make, model and serial number of vehicle(s). REV 002/26/2016 Page 44 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 3.32 PAYMENT Invoices for payment will be submitted by the agency after the items awarded to a vendor have been received, inspected, and found to comply with award specifications, free of damage or defect and properly invoiced. 3.33 WARRANTY, REPAIRS AND SERVICE Failure by any manufacturer's authorized representative to render proper warranty service/ adjustments, including providing a copy of the warranty work order to the customer, shall subject that representative and the Vendor to suspension from the approved vendor listing until satisfactory evidence of correction is presented to the Contract Administrator. 3.34 INADEQUATE SERVICE When equipment requires service or adjustments upon delivery, the Vendor shall either remedy the defect, or be responsible for reimbursing the manufacturer's local authorized dealer, or others, to remedy the defect. Such service or adjustments shall be initiated by the Vendor within forty -eight (48) hours (not including weekends and holidays) after notification by a customer. Delivery will not be considered complete until all service and /or adjustments are satisfactory and the equipment redelivered. The provisions of the delivery paragraph shall remain in effect until the redelivery is accomplished. The cost of any transportation required shall be the responsibility of the Vendor until the equipment is satisfactory and accepted by the customer. 3.35 FSA ADMINISTRATIVE FEES FOR ALL SPECIFICATIONS rev2/16 Dealers ARE to include a three quarters of one percent (.0075) administrative fee to their base bid prices, at the time of bid submission including all additional equipment items (add options) and should not be indicated as a separate line item on any purchase order. Cross - reference: Prices Quoted - 2.18 FSA Administrative Fees are based on the total purchase order amount of the new vehicle or equipment, excluding trade -ins. Trade -ins, extended warranties and other exchanges will not reduce or impact the fee calculation. No other administrative fee(s) will be applicable to any transaction relative to the contract. Trade -In Example for FSA Fee: *Vehicle Equipment Total: $25,000.00 *This Amount Used to Calculate FSA Administrative Fee Trade -In Allowance: - $2,000.00 Not Considered in Calculation Purchase Order Total: $23,000.00 Not Considered in Calculation 3.36 CONTRACTING VENDORS' QUARTERLY REPORTS FEE SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS REV02 /16 A. Purchase Order Copies: • Due upon receipt by the dealer and are considered late within five (5) business days. • Scan a complete copy of the purchase order as a .pdf, naming the document in the example file name format. REV 002/26/2016 Page 45 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 Examples County = Florida County, County of PO 12345 ABC County BCC PO 12345 City = Florida City, City of PO 12345 ABC, City of PO 12345 Sheriff= Sheriff Agency of PO 12345 ABC County SO PO 12345 Education= Institution Name P012345 ABC County College PO 12345 • Place the following in the subject line of the e -mail: Example: PDF Document Title. Forward purchase order copy by email to COOP@flsheriffs.org . B. Quarterly Activity Reports: • Quarterly Activity Reports are due quarterly (see schedule below) no later than the 20th of the month following the end of the quarter and should be sent by email to COOP (7a flsheriffs.org . See Addendum "D" • All awarded Vendors MUST file a signed and dated quarterly activity report with their fee submission. Should there be no activity during a given quarter, Vendor is required to submit a quarterly activity report, and must indicate "NO SALES THIS QUARTER" on the report. Schedule: October 1— December 31 January 1— March 31 April 1 —June 30 July 1— September 30 • No copies of purchase orders are necessary for the quarterly report. They should already be on file pursuant to Purchase order copies section A above. • Quarterly Activity Reports must be complete with the name of the dealer and the date: Example Spomot Motors, October 30, 2016. It is no longer necessary to indicate the quarter on the top of the report, as it is included on the report. • Checks for the Administrative Fee should be received by the FSA no later than the 15 of the month following the close of the quarter. Ref. Section 3.35 above. • Quarterly Activity Reports which do not adhere to the required format and /or not supported by complete, legible copies of all purchase orders in their entirety, previously submitted, pursuant to Purchase order copies to FSA, section 3.36 (A) above, will be returned to the reporting dealership for correction of cited deficiencies. After receipt of payment from contract purchases, all administrative fees shall be payable by the Vendor to the FSA no later than 15 days after the end of each quarter. All fees payable to the FSA during any given quarter will be accompanied and supported by a detailed Quarterly Activity Report as defined above. By submission of these Quarterly Activity Reports and corresponding fee submissions, the Vendor is certifying the accuracy of such reports and deposits. All reports and fee submissions shall be subject to audit by the FSA or their designee. Vendors failing to submit Administrative Fees and Quarterly Activity Reports will incur a $25 per day late fee for every day that fees and reports are past due, beginning on the eleventh (21st) day of the month following the end of the quarter. Ref. General Conditions Section 1.48 Non - Performance: Schedule of Fines Such late fees are to be included in Vendor's Administrative Fee submission; however, any applicable late fees that are not included in the Administrative Fee submission will be returned to the Vendor as an REV 002/26/2016 Page 46 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 incomplete report. Late fees that are outstanding more than 45 days can result in disqualification as a bidder in future years' solicitation. There will not be reminders concerning the Quarterly Activity Reports or the Administrative Fee sent by FSA. The quarterly activity report and administrative fees are the contractual responsibility of each Awarded Vendor. All participating Vendors will be responsible for making sure that the Contract Administrator has the correct contact e -mail address for the person responsible for all quarterly reports. This information must be submitted to the FSA Bid Coordinator at COOP (7a flsheriffs.org . Failure to submit Administrative Fees with accompanying Quarterly Activity Reports within 30 calendar days following the end of each quarter will result in the dealer being found in default. All re- procurement cost may be charged against the defaulting dealer and may result in immediate cancellation of your contract and removal from the vendor list. 3.37 DEALER CONTACT INFORMATION The Awarded Vendor /Dealer will maintain correct contact information with FSA at all times. If a change occurs during any given period of a contract, FSA must be advised and a Florida Sheriffs Association Bid Award Change Document completed, signed by an authorized representative of the Vendor /Dealer company and submitted via e -mail though FLEET@flsheriffs.org (Refer to Addendum "B ") Request a copy of the Change Document from the FSA Bid Coordinator when necessary. 3.38 STATEMENT OF AUTHORITY Each person signing the Contract warrants that he /she is duly authorized to do so and to bind the respective party to the Contract. REV 002/26/2016 Page 47 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 dedn°E FSA CONTRACT ZONE A WESTERN a� x _ "� O 11..1E ?+5 WESTERN NORTHERN u F � � KAY I ss ;ICA � DIME E2 I =C)Idl) I a1RIA t I €Y FRANKEIN t C)I t,Mm:1: (MANN CULP Iti��.hil� tfl[11sIwE A °' CENT 1 MIL IOi 1 1,e E try +., I A .:AY . I I-R if A R a sN LE ON £ 1?'v N ASS :L ..,..,.s „G�, [ I N2��l acnxa n. " I^tiLU SON t'1KA VC SA, ti'rw` ;IJ SANTARDSA 1 A"�° E O UNION iUS t r q L11i 1', A (� WAK= II y r::1N'7'MAL Sf)C?'tIMRti j J C I RUS C I M 12r i & F SC3IIT11 FRN i tC1I C011 I tRl.)I I C kl7i ti i WMANDS HINABORDUCII DIAN RI I F MARFIN wAh:l?. +4 ,air1l. -TS. D. `.: �o LN R ICU L i PAIN BEAM i =Z A"SC I_ PASCO so 11KA F. 5:1RA SI'MIN 1S:R SUM 7 Ir;fa 0 ®P L REV 002/26/2016 Page 48 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 Addendurn B . - -- a. .11 -1. a requestedchonge to ComponyAddrvs3Es, Con&= or Cartacnnformaticn be,'cw FSA Contract fillumberls.) affected by change: Company Information Changes Insert company name Company Name New Company Address New Company City _ Company Contact Changes„ New Contact flame ;First, Last): New Contact E-Mail: New Contact Office Phone: New Contact Mobile Phone: New Contact Fax Phone: This 'informal�on is requested by an authonzed zepresentat" of take effect as soon as it is received. by FSA by e-mail ing to coopLlflshefiffs,org Name of Autlhofued Company Rcpresemative Job Title Date of Request- Authonzed Company Representative Signature This request will FSA Office Use:: Change Effectrve FSA Date Received: New Company State Will REV 002/26/2016 Page 49 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 Addendurn C CONFIRMATION OF ORDER Florida Sheriffs Association & Florida Association of Counties [Contract Name Here] R. BID NO. [Contract Number] No Dealers are to complete and retnin this confarmacion of order form by fax or mail to the following location listed below within fourteen (14) calendar days after receipt of purehase order., TO BE COMPLETED BY DEALERSHIR,: E 0 0 Dealersliip Address: U) C'fly st"I'Le: Conkaft Person- CL 11191MMOM Pusch,..,se Oi Number. : Pij rel i .ise- OF(] er Receft - ed: Order Was aJa:e(] W11JI Ulf,' NO2J1Ld`,.1(. on.� 1Jrjdt- Prodt.iei.�on Nj..imber' 1 shoudd occur wilhin. c d-iys after receipt of lli-irch.ase (.)rder. A Copy of the Reqi..ilred Proiluc=rn Sheet;:( are Ar!.UIC for Ycnir Files- Cominerits: Agency: C'oni.,act, Person� Addre'ss: CAN Pltone NU.jnlbf E-Inall: - am F Z� i): REV 002/26/2016 Page 50 FLORIDA SHERIFFS ASSOCIATION Vehicles and Equipment Contract Terms and Conditions Rev 2/26/16 Addendu D [INSERT DEALERSHIP NAME HERE] Id r�G- Ell QUARTERLY REPORT for BID # [Enter Bid Numb Effective Dates: Oct. 1. 2015 thru September 30. 2016 October ` December 3111stQuarter Name of Purchasing Agency PO# Qty. Spec.. # Vehicle Type PO Date Total PO Amount Admin. Fee 6 - $ 5 - Page Total $ $ Reports are due no later than the 1Fth of the month following quarter end. Fees are due by the 2Cth of the month following quarter end. REV 002/26/2016 Page r J 1 2617 Mahan Drive, Tallahassee, Florida 32308 P.O. Box 12519 = Tallahassee, Florida 32817 -2519 pa: (850) 877 -2165 h (850) 878-8665 www.flsheriffs.org lD 0 E March 1, 2017 The Florida Sheriffs Association announces that the above Cooperative Purchasing Program contract is extended for an addition one (1) year period beginning on April 1, 2017 through March 31, 2018. Base pricing is not to increase more than 3% during this extension. This extension includes all original Contract Terms and Conditions which will remain in force throughout the contract period. FSA CPP has received agreements from the following vendors for extension: Demers Ambulance USA Life Line Ambulance Hall -Mark, RTC /Horton Emergency Vehicles Hall -Mark, RTC /Road Rescue Hall -Mark, RTC /Wheeled Coach Ten -8 /Osage Industries FL Apparatus Sales /Smeal Fire Apparatus Hall -Mark, RTC /E -One KME Rosenbauer Spartan Emergency Response /Spartan Motors Ten -8 /Pierce Manufacturi Quality Emergency Vehicles ETR /American Emergency Vehicles Hall -Mark, RTC /McCoy Miller Ten -8 /Braun Industries Ten- 8 /Medix Specialty Vehicles ETR (FL) /KME Hall -Mark, RTC /Hall -Mark, RTC HME, Inc. NAFECO /KME South FL Emergency Vehicles /Sutphen Tactical Fire /Toyne, Inc. ETR (Florida) /KME Signed, Peggy Goff, Deputy Executive Director of Administration Annette C. Grissom, FSA Cooperative Purchasing Program Manager One Pierce Sky -Boom Enforcer Aerial For Monroe County, Florida We are pleased to submit a proposal to you for a PierceR 55' Sky -Boom per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus proposed. Loose equipment not specifically requested will not be provided. PIERCE MANUFACTURING was incorporated in 1917. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST ". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 60 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Our plant is located in Appleton, Wisconsin with over 757,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 97 acres of land. A multi - million dollar inventory of parts is available to keep your unit in service long after it has left the factory. Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning. We currently have a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce. Another part of this program is employing experts in their fields, like a Certified American Welding Society Inspector to monitor our weld quality. DELIVERY The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break -in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. INFORMATION At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. 1 of 95 SAFETY VIDEO At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39- minute, professionally- produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre - trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance. PERFORMANCE TESTS A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration requirements and NFPA 1901 braking requirements. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Certification of insurance coverage will be enclosed. ISO COMPLIANCE Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001 These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance Number 32454 is included with this proposal. SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. NFPA 2016 STANDARDS This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2016, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. 2 of 95 All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required.Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non- NFPA ". VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third - party, audit - certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The certification will include: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus. A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. INSPECTION CERTIFICATE A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly. Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders. On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted: - Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may 3 of 95 exist. This test will conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E165 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - Ultrasonic inspection will conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components. In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit. PUMP TEST The pump will be tested, approved and certified by Underwriter's Laboratory at the manufacturer's expense. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department. GENERATOR TEST If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. BREATHING AIR TEST If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 1:I►1 A bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 10% bid bond will be provided with the proposal. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language which assures that the bidder /principal will give a bond or bonds, as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract. Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond 4 of 95 related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail. PERFORMANCE BOND NOT REQUESTED A performance bond will not be included. If requested at a later date, one will be provided to you for an additional cost and the following will apply: The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Bumper to Bumper warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed three (3) years from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Bumper to Bumper warranty period, whichever is shorter. APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. ENFORCER CHASSIS The Pierce EnforcerTM is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt -type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and 5 of 95 manufactured for heavy -duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab. WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 199.50. GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating will be 51,500. FRAME The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will be heat - treated steel measuring 10.25" x 3.50" x .375 ". Each rail will have a section modulus of 16.00 cubic inches, yield strength of 120,000 psi, and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 1,921,069 inch - pounds. FRAME REINFORCEMENT A full- length mainframe "C" liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design, heat - treated steel measuring 9.38" x 3.13" x .25 ". Each reinforcement member will have a section modulus of 3.90 cubic inches, yield strength of 120,000 psi and resisting bending moment (rbm) of 938,762 in -lb. In addition, a L- shaped steel channel reinforcement will be located under each mainframe rail. FRONT AXLE The front axle will be a reverse "I" beam type with inclined king pins. It will be a MeritorTM axle, Model FL -941, with a rated capacity of 18,000 lb. FRONT SUSPENSION The front springs will be a Standens, three (3) -leaf, taper leaf design, 54.00" long x 4.00" wide, with a ground rating of 18,000 lb. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin. The top leaf will also wrap the rear spring hanger pin. Both the front and rear eyes will be Berlin style wraps that will place the eyes in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. This will reduce bending stress from acceleration and braking. A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication. 6 of 95 SHOCK ABSORBERS To provide a smoother ride, the front axle will be furnished with heavy -duty telescoping shock absorbers. FRONT OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. FRONT TIRES Front tires will be Goodyear® 315/80R22.50 radials, 20 ply G291 tread, rated for 18,180 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle. REAR AXIT The rear axle will be a MeritofFm, Model RS -30 -185, with a capacity of 33,500 lb. TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph. REAR SUSPENSION The rear suspension will be Standens, semi - elliptical, 3.00" wide x 53.00" long, with a ground rating of 33,500 lb. The spring hangers will be castings. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger. To reduce bending stress due to acceleration and braking, the front eye will be a berlin eye that will place the front spring pin in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication. REAR OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s). REAR TIRES Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 315/80R22.50 radials with 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 36,360 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. The outside tires will be mounted on Alcoa© 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10)stud 11.25" bolt circle. The inside tires will be mounted on 22.50" x 9.00" steel disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle. 7 of 95 TIRE BALANCE All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecureTM tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires. The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi. Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. FRONT HUB COVERS Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided. REAR HUB COVERS A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. CHROME LUG NUT COVERS Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. M11D FLAPS Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. WHEEL CHOCKS There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC -44 -E, aluminum alloy, Quick -Choc wheel blocks, with easy -grip handle provided. WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH -44 -H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC -44 -E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted forward of the left side rear tire. ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle will be equipped with a Mentor WABCO 4S4M, anti -lock braking system. The ABS will provide a 4- channel anti -lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti -lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to 8 of 95 the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti -lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. BRAKES The service brake system will be full air type by MeritorTM Front brakes will be Model EX225 Disc Plus, disc type with automatic pad wear adjustment and 17.00" ventilated rotors for improved stopping distance. The rear brakes will be MeritorTM 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters. Dust shields cannot be provided. BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR The air compressor will be a Cummins / WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system will include: • Brake treadle valve • Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer • Total air system minimum capacity of 5,376 cubic inches • Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi • Spring set parking brake system • Parking brake operated by a push -pull style control valve • A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel • Park brake relay /inversion and anti - compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi • A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) • 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER The air dryer will be a WABCO System Saver 1200 IWT, with internal wet tank, spin -on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater. BRAKE LINES Color -coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 9 of 95 AIR INLET One (1) air inlet with 3D series male coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located on the driver side pump panel. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female fitting will also be provided with the loose equipment. ALL WHEEL LOCK -UP An additional all wheel lock -up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only. The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear. ENGINE The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: Cummins Model: L9 Power: 400 hp at 2100 rpm Torque: 12501b -ft at 1400 rpm Governed Speed: 2200 rpm Emissions Level: EPA 2017 Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: 543 cubic inches (8.9L) Starter: Delco Remy 39MTTM Fuel Filters: Spin -on style primary filter with water separator and water -in -fuel sensor. Secondary spin -on style filter. The engine will include On -board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected. HIGH IDLE A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation /deactivation. The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 10 of 95 ENGINE BRAKE A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on /off and have a high, medium and low setting The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released. The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine. The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. CLUTCH FAN A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. ENGINE AIR INTAKE The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille. A stainless steel metal screen will be installed at the inlet of the air intake system that will meet NFPA 1901 requirements. The air cleaner and stainless steel screen will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device, and will be 4.00" in diameter. The exhaust system will include a single module aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device . The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. 11 of 95 For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes. The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches. Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass- reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability. The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain. The radiator will include a de- aeration /expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built -in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and /or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator COOLANT LINES Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing. Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose. FUEL TANK A 75 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12- gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps. A .75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A .50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet 12 of 95 The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle. A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, polished stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only ". The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. TRANSMISSION An Allison 5th generation, Model EVS 3000P, electronic torque converting automatic transmission will be provided. The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings will be located on both sides of converter housing (positions 4 o'clock and 8 o'clock) as viewed from the rear. A transmission temperature gauge with red light and audible alarm will be installed on the cab dash. TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A five (5) -speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio will be: 1st 3.49 to 1.00 2nd 1.86 to 1.00 3rd 1.41 to 1.00 4th 1.00 to 1.00 5th 0.75 to 1.00 R 5.03 to 1.00 13 of 95 TRANSMISSION COOLER A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. TRANSMISSION FLUID The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES -295 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid. DRIVELINE Drivelines will be a heavy -duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1710 universal joints. The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. STEERING Steering gear will be provided with integral heavy -duty power steering. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Vickers® V20NF hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4 -spoke design. LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row. The first row of text will be: Monroe The second row of text will be: County The third row of text will be: Fire Rescue BUMPER A one (1) -piece bumper manufactured from 0.25" formed steel with a 0.38" bend radius will be provided. The bumper will be a minimum of 10.00" high with a 1.50" top and bottom flange, and will extend 19.00" from the face of the cab. The bumper will be 95.28" wide with 45 degree corners and side plates. The bumper will be metal finished and painted job color. 14 of 95 To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel. GRAVEL PAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and the cab face. The pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration. CENTER HOSE TRAY A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension. The tray will have a capacity of 125' of 1.75" double jacket cotton - polyester hose. Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. CENTER HOSE TRAY RESTRAINT There will be one (1) pair of hose tray restraint straps located over the center mounted tray. The restraints will be a pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with Velcro® fasteners provided. The strap(s) will be used to secure the hose in the tray. TOW HOOKS Two (2) chromed steel tow hooks will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The tow hooks will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow hooks will not be used for lifting of the apparatus. FRONT BUMPER LINE -X COATING Protective black Line -X® coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It will not be sprayed on the underside of the flange. The lining will be properly installed by an authorized Line -X dealer. CAB The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder. The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards. The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A- pillar (front cab corner posts), B- pillar (side center posts), C- pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A- pillar will be constructed of solid A356 -T5 aluminum castings. The B- pillar and C- pillar will be constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum 15 of 95 extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage -like structure with the A- pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly. The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22 "), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross -cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross -cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A- pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin. The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross -floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular 0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab. The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability. The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00 ". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 109.00 ". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed. The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 64.50" in the center and outboard positions. The crew cab floor will measure 36.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers. The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 51.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 41.50" to the rear wall. The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The cab will be a full tilt cab style. A 3 -point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab. 16 of 95 CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. FENDER LINERS Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided. PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD A one (1) -piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements. The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. ENGINE TUNNEL Engine hood side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of 0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room. The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA 1901 standards. The engine tunnel will be no higher than 17.00" off the crew cab floor. INTERIOR CREW CAB REAR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) The interior rear wall of the crew cab will have mounting holes every 2.75" to allow for adjustability of the forward facing crew cab seating along the rear wall. Seats will be adjustable with use of simple hand tools allowing departments flexibility of their seating arrangement should their department needs change. 17 of 95 CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves. Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location. The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal The cab will be locked down by a 2 -point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position. The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. Cab Lift Interlock The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab. SIDE OF CAB MOLDING Chrome molding will be provided on both sides of cab. MIRRORS A Retrac, Model 613423, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver. 18 of 95 DOORS To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of 37.50" wide x 63.37" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 73.25" high. The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093 ". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum. A customized, vertical, pull -down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano -type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive -type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather -tight fit. A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry. The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab. DOOR PANELS The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. MANUAL CAB DOOR WINDOWS All cab entry doors will contain a conventional roll down window. CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt -in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with a 10.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height. 19 of 95 The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS A 1.25" diameter slip - resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. STEP LIGHTS There shall be six (6) white LED step lights installed for cab and crew cab access steps. • One (1) light for the driver's access steps. • Two (2) lights for the driver's side crew cab access steps. • Two (2) lights for the passenger's side crew cab access steps. • One (1) light for the passenger's side access step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light shall provide a minimum of 25 foot - candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The lights shall be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure 18.70" wide x 23.75" high. MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel. A .25" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel .75" to allow for wire routing below the plate. The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior. CAB INTERIOR The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service. The officer side dash will be a flat faced design to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of painted aluminum. 20 of 95 The instrument cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument cluster. The engine tunnel will be painted aluminum to match the cab interior. For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum. The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling. The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs. All wiring will be placed in metal raceways. CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery will be dark silver gray. CAB INTERIOR PAINT A rich looking interior will be provided by painting all the metal surfaces inside the cab black, vinyl texture paint. CAB FLOOR The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with PolydampTM acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. CAB DEFROSTER To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 43,500 BTU heater - defroster unit with 350 CFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The defroster unit will be strategically located under the center forward portion of the vacuum formed instrument panel. For easy access, a removable vacuum formed cover will be installed over the defroster unit. The defroster will include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the 1 -piece windshield. The defroster ventilation will be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and will be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost /ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements. 21 of 95 AIR CONDITIONING A high performance, customized air conditioning system will be furnished inside the cab and crew cab. The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit within 30 minutes at 50 percent relative humidity. The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours. A radiator mounted condenser with a 59,644 BTU output that meets and exceed the performance specification will be installed. One (1) evaporator unit will be installed in the center roof with two (2) cores, one (1) for the cab and one (1) for the crew cab. The evaporator unit will have an adequate BTU rating to meet the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following: • Four (4) will be directed towards the driver's location • Four (4) will be directed towards the officer's location • Seven (7) will be directed towards the crew cab area The air conditioner refrigerant will be R -134A and will be installed by a certified technician. The air conditioner will be controlled by a single electronic control panel. For ease of operation, the control panel will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. SUN VISORS Two (2) smoked LexanTM sun visors provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. There will be no retention bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position. GRAB HANDLES A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 3SCOCDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination. These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. 22 of 95 ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch will be provided on the access door. MAP BOX A map box with four (4) bins, open from top, will be installed at final. The map box will be divided into four (4) bins, each being 12.50" wide x 2.25" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from horizontal. The map box will be constructed of .125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab will be six (6) DRIVER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will be furnished with a 3- point, shoulder type seat belt. OFFICER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat will be a fixed type with no suspension For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re- bolting it in the desired location. The seat will be furnished with a 3- point, shoulder type seat belt. RADIO COMPARTMENT A radio compartment will be provided under the officer's seat. 23 of 95 The inside compartment dimensions will be 16.00" wide x 7.50" high x 15.00" deep, with the back of the compartment angled up to match the cab structure. A drop -down door with a chrome plated lift and turn latch will be provided for access. The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. REAR FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) rear facing seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re- bolting it in the desired location. The seat will be furnished with a 3- point, shoulder type seat belt. REAR FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) rear facing seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re- bolting it in the desired location. The seat will be furnished with a 3- point, shoulder type seat belt. FORWARD FACING CENTER EMS COMPARTMENT A forward facing EMS compartment will be provided in the crew cab at the center position The compartment will be 44.00" wide x 50.00" high x 18.00" deep with one (1) Amdor roll up door, locking with anodized finish. The clear door opening of the compartment will be 38.75" wide x 40.00" high. The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. Compartment Light There will be one (1) white Amdor LED strip light installed on the left side of the compartment opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 24 of 95 SHELVING There will be one (1) shelf provided in the EMS compartment. Each shelf will be constructed of 0.090" aluminum with a.75" up- turned lip. Shelving will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded tightener sliding in a track. The location will be EMS compt. SEAT UPHOLSTERY All seat upholstery will be 46 ounce leather grain dark silver gray vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have six (6) seating positions. AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a Ziamatic brand, Model QM- ROLO -SA, SCBA holder mounted in each backrest. A remote lanyard release will be provided on each bracket. This bracket will accommodate all diameter bottles. There will be a quantity of five (5). SEAT BELTS All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA 1901 and CAN/ULC - S515 standards The 3 -point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3 -point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. The 3 -point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D -loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D -loop location placing the D -loop in a closer, easier to reach location. To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided. There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets. 25 of 95 CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab. The color of the LED's will be red and white. The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch. The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of 10.1 foot - candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted 40.00" above the seat. HAND HELD LIGHT There will be four (4) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, Model 444451, hand lights provided with a vehicle mount with 12VDC direct wire charging rack and quick release buckle strap mounted top ems. Each light housing will be orange in color and be provided with a C4, LED and two (2) "ultra bright blue tail light LEDs" The tail light LEDs will have a dual mode of blinking or steady. CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel will be a molded ABS panel and include gauges, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. GAUGES The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance: • Voltmeter gauge (volts): • Low volts (11.8 VDC) ■ Amber telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm • High volts (15.5 VDC) ■ Amber telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm • Engine Tachometer (RPM) • Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM /H (Minor Scale) • Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): o Low fuel (1/8 full) 26 of 95 ■ Amber indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm • Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI): o Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms ■ Red indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm • Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm ■ Red indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm • Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm ■ Red indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm • Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): o High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm ■ Amber indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): o High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms ■ Red indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm • Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): o Low fluid (1/8 full) ■ Amber indicator light in gauge dial INDICATOR LAMPS To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead- front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps will be present: • Low coolant • Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable) • Check engine • Check trans (check transmission) • Air rest (air restriction) • DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) • HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) • ABS (antilock brake system) • MIL, (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) • Regen inhibit (engine emissions regeneration inhibit) (where applicable) • Side roll fault (where applicable) • Front air bag fault (where applicable) • Aux brake overheat (auxiliary brake overheat) (where applicable) 27 of 95 • The following red telltale lamps will be present: • Ladder rack down • Parking brake • Stop engine • The following green telltale lamps will be present: • Left turn • Right turn • Battery on • Ignition • Aux brake (auxiliary brake engaged) (where applicable) • The following blue telltale lamps will be present: • High beam ALARMS Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning condition is active. INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE -OUT A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove -out for 3 to 5 seconds when the ignition switch is moved to the on position with the battery switch on. CONTROL SWITCHES For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications Headlight /Parking light switch: A three (3)- position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights. Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)- position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use. Ignition switch: A three (3)- position maintained /momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove -out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm 28 of 95 condition exists. Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system. Engine start switch: A two (2)- position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column. Heater and defroster controls. Turn signal arm: A self - canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls. Windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push /pull park brake control. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel. High idle engagement switch: A maintained rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included. An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground. CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions. DIAGNOSTIC PANEL A diagnostic panel will be provided and accessible while standing on the ground. The panel will be located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow 29 of 95 diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel will include the following: • ENGINE /TRANSMISSION /ABS J1939 Diagnostic Port • ABS Diagnostic Switch and Indicator - The switch and amber indicator will allow access to diagnostic mode and display of standard ABS system fault blink codes that may be generated by the ABS system • DPF REGEN (Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration Switch) (where applicable) will be provided to request regeneration of the engine emission system. An amber indicator will be provided on top of the switch that will illuminate in a "CHECK ENGINE" condition • REGEN INHIBIT (Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration Inhibit Switch) (where applicable) will be provided that will request that regeneration be temporarily prevented. A green indicator will be provided on top of the Regen Inhibit switch that will illuminate when the Regen Inhibit feature is active. Regen Inhibit will be disabled upon cycling of the ignition switch to the off state. AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light (electronic) will be provided. "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released. SWITCH PANELS The built -in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab. Switches will be rocker type with an indicator light, of which is an integral part of the switch. WIPER CONTROL Wiper control will consist of a two (2) -speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE An hourmeter for the aerial device will be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel. AERIAL MASTER There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. 30 of 95 AERIAL PTO SWITCH A PTO switch for the aerial with indicator light will be provided. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate rear wall center, one in ems. Termination will be with a 10 -place bus bar with screws and removable cover. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be three (3) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus The above wires will have the following features: • The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power • The negative wire will be connected to ground • Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC • Power and ground will terminate officer side dash area • Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing • Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. CUSTOMER SUPPLIED RADIO WIRING There will be one (1) 12 volt combination wiring leads of which each will include one (1) direct battery, one (1) ignition and one (1) negative for use with radio equipment. Each lead will be 18.00" long and be provided center overhead. The leads will be clearly marked in a coil and terminate with butt splices. A breaker rated for 30 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the direct battery lead with a minimum of 10 gauge wire. 31 of 95 A breaker rated for 7.5 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the ignition lead. The wires will be colored coded as follows: • red for direct battery • yellow for ignition • black for ground SWIVEL MOUNT There will be one (1) Johnny Ray, Model 203 swivel mount bracket(s) provided for the fire department's radio equipment. The swivel mount bracket(s) will be located center overhead. VEHICLE DATA RECORDER There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on -line. The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and /or CAN inputs: • Vehicle Speed - MPH • Acceleration - MPH /sec • Deceleration - MPH /sec • Engine Speed - RPM • Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle • ABS Event - On /Off • Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position • Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position • Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On /Off • Time - 24 Hour Time • Date - Year /Month /Day Seat Belt Monitoring System A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following: • Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated • Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm • No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm 32 of 95 • No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT There will be one (1) standard 1.125 ", 18 thread antenna - mounting base(s) installed on the right side on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to the instrument panel area. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following: • One (1) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse. • One (1) camera located on the right side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal. • One (1) camera located on the left side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the left side turn signal. The camera images will be displayed on a 7.00" LCD display located in view of the driver on the dash The display will include manual camera activation capability and audio from the rear camera only. The following components will be included: • One (1) M0700136DC Display • One (1) SV- CW134639CAI Rear camera • Two (2) CS134404CI Side cameras • All necessary cables ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM A compartment will be provided in or under the cab to house the vehicle's electrical power and signal circuit protection and control components. The power and signal protection and control compartment will contain circuit protection devices and power control devices. Power and signal protection and control components will be protected against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage and water spray. Serviceable components will be readily accessible. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standard, will be utilized to protect each circuit. All circuit protection devices will be sized to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting) and conform to SAE J553 or J258. When required, automotive type fuses conforming to SAE J554, J1284, J1888 or J2077 will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. 33 of 95 Power control relays and solenoids will have a direct current (dc) rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected. Visual status indicators will be supplied to identify control safety interlocks and vehicle status. In addition to visual status indicators, audible alarms designed to provide early warning of problems before they become critical will be used. VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM A voltage monitor system will be provided to indicate the status of each battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The monitor system will provide visual and audio warning when the system voltage is above or below optimum levels. POWER AND GROUND STUDS Spare circuits will be provided in the primary distribution center for two -way radio equipment. The spare circuits will consist of the following: • One (1) 12 -volt DC, 30 amp battery direct spare • One (1) 12 -volt DC ground and un -fused switched battery stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center EMI /RFI PROTECTION The electrical system proposed will include means to control undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. State of the art electrical system design and components will be used to ensure radiated and conducted EMI (electromagnetic interference) and RFI (radio frequency interference) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus proposed will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations. The contractor will be able to demonstrate the EMI and RFI testing has been done on similar apparatus and certifies that the vehicle proposed meets SAE J551 requirements. EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying immune circuit designs, shielding, twisted pair wiring and filtering. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low level control signals and high powered two -way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI -RFI susceptibility. ELECTRICAL All 12 -volt electrical equipment installed by Pierce Manufacturing will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal. Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. 34 of 95 Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. 2. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. 3. Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also, a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work. 4. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non - waterproof connections will have this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug). 5. All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. 6. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon (1890) applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 4108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments. An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. BATTERY SYSTEM There will be four (4) 12 volt Exide®, Model 31S950X3W, batteries that include the following features will be provided: • 950 CCA, cold cranking amps • 190 amp reserve capacity • High cycle • Group 31 • Rating of 3800 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit • 760 minutes of reserve capacity • Threaded stainless steel studs 35 of 95 Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity. The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. BATTERY SYSTEM There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system. An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. BATTERY COMPARTMENTS Batteries will be placed on non - corrosive mats and stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab. Heavy -duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti - corrosion compound. Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi - permanent rubberized compound. JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color -coded covers will be included on the battery compartments. BATTERY CHARGER There will be an IOTATM, Model DSL 75, battery charger with IQ4, controller provided. The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to this battery charger. There will be a KussmaulTM, Model #091- 94 -12, remote indicator included. The battery charger will be located in the left body compartment mounted on the left wall as high as possible. The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser. 36 of 95 AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE There will be one (1) KussmaulTM, Model 091 -55 -20 -120, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus. The shoreline inlet(s) will include yellow weatherproof flip up cover(s). There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting. The shoreline(s) will be connected to the battery charger. There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment. There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following: • Line Voltage • Current Ratting (amps) • Phase • Frequency The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. ALTERNATOR A Leece - Neville, Model 4962PA, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 320 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral, self diagnostic regulator and rectifier. The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy- duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGEMENT An electronic load management (ELM) system that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt electrical system, and automatically reduces the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition and by doing so, ensures the integrity of the electrical system. The ELM will monitor the vehicle's voltage while at the scene (parking brake applied). It will sequentially shut down individual electrical loads when the system voltage drops below a preset value. Two (2) separate electrical loads will be controlled by the load manager. The ELM will sequentially re- energize electrical loads as the system voltage recovers. HEADLIGHTS There will be four (4) rectangular halogen lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housings on each side of the cab grille: • The outside light on each side will contain a halogen low and high beam module. • The inside light on each side will contain a halogen high beam module only. 37 of 95 DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model C6T *, 5.12" high x 7.56" wide x 1.56" deep amber LED populated arrow directional lights provided on the front of the cab, above the headlights. Each light will be housed in the same quad common bezel as the front warning light. The lens color(s) to be clear. INTERMEDIATE LIGHT There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186- 8580 -29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light. CAB CLEARANCE /MARKER/ID LIGHTS There will be five (5) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations: • Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield. • Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield. FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL /MARKER LIGHTS There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186- 8580 -29, amber LED lights installed front of the cab door, one (1) on each side of the cab. The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. REAR CLEARANCE /MARKER/ID LIGHTING There will be a three (3) LED light bar used as identification lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: • As close as practical to the vertical centerline • Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart • Red in color • All at the same height There will be two (2) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: • To indicate the overall width of the vehicle • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline • As near the top as practical • Red in color • To be visible from the rear 38 of 95 • All at the same height There will be two (2) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus used as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following: • To indicate the overall length of the vehicle • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline • As near the top as practical • Red in color • To be visible from the side • All at the same height There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00 ", but no more than 60.00 ", above the ground. There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00 ", but no more than 60.00 ", above the ground. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. REAR FMVSS LIGHTING There will be a pair of Weldon, Model 3884- 0100 -2 *, LED tri tail lamp assemblies provided. Each module will include the following: • One (1) LED stop and tail light • One (1) LED sequential turn light (right or left) • One (1) incandescent backup light • One (1) triple light, polished aluminum housing The assemblies will be mounted on the face of the rear body compartments LICENSE PLATE BRACKET There will be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the rear of the body A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A polished stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. ADDITIONAL BRAKE /TAIL LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen, Model M6BTT, LED brake /tail light with chrome plated trim and red lens provided at the rear of the body, match last unit . 39 of 95 BACK -UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid -state electronic audible back -up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be four (4) Amdor, Model AY- LB- 12HW012, 1901umens each, 12.00" white LED strip lights provided. • One (1) under the driver's side cab access step. • One (1) under the passenger's side cab access step. • One (1) under the passenger's side crew cab access step. • One (1) under the driver's side crew cab access step. The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the respective door is open and whenever control has been selected for the body perimeter lights. PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS There will be one (1) TecNiq, Model T10- LC00 -1, 15.00" 12 volt DC light with white LEDs and 45 degree stainless steel bracket provided under the passenger's side pump panel running board. The light will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY- LB- 12HW012, 1901umens each, 12.00" 12 volt DC LED strip lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear. The perimeter scene lights will be activated when a cab door is open. STEP LIGHTS Four (4) white LED step lights will be provided. One (1) step light will be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot - candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. These step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch. All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M9LZC LED scene light(s) with chrome flange(s) installed on the side of the apparatus, one each side front of body. 40 of 95 A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel a switch at the pump operator's panel no additional switch location no additional switch location These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Fire Research Spectra, Model SPA851- Q20 - *, 12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) provided on the front visor, centered. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white with a white bezel. The light(s) will flash in a warning mode when the emergency master switch is activated, the parking brake is released and with the switch used to control the front lightbar(s). The lights will be in a steady burning scene light mode with the following: • a switch at the driver's side switch panel • no additional switch location • no additional switch location The scene light mode will be the priority control. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. DECK LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model PFBPI2C, 12 volt DC LED floodlights with swivel mount provided at the rear of the hose bed, one (1) each side. The lights will be activated by a control from a switch at the rear of the truck. REAR SCENE LIGHT(S) There will be two (2) Whelen, Model PELCC, 2.25" high x 7.88" wide x 1.63" deep LED scene light(s) with 45 degree chrome housing installed at the rear of the apparatus, rear bulkhead. The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a cup switch at the driver's side rear bulkhead. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 41 of 95 WALKING SURFACE LIGHT There will be Model FRP, 4" round black 12 volt DC LED floodlight with bolt mount provided to illuminate the entire designated walking surface on top of the body. The light will be activated when the body step lights are on. WATER TANK It will have a capacity of 750 gallons and will be constructed of polypropylene plastic in a rectangular shape. The joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out. The tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA 1901 requirements. The baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom of each baffle to permit movement of air and water between compartments. The longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow positive welding. The transverse partitions extend from 4.00" off the bottom to the underside of the top cover. All partitions interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides. The tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. It will be supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. The sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet. WATER TANK MOUNTING Tank will be installed in a fabricated "cradle" assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers are provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers are constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank "floats" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops are provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Tank mounting system is approved by the manufacturer. Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. HOSE RED The hose body will be fabricated of .125" -5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength. The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments. 42 of 95 The hose body width will be 68.00" inside. The upper edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity. The hose bed will be located ahead of the ladder turntable. The hose bed will be equipped with one (1) adjustable partition located in the center of the bed. Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be .50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. Hose bed will accommodate 1000'5" 300 2.5 ". AERIAL HOSE BED HOSE RESTRAINT The hose in the hose beds will be restrained by black nylon Velcro® straps at the top of the hose bed and 1.00" black nylon web design with a 2.00" box pattern at the rear of the hose beds. The Velcro strap will be installed to the top of the hose bed side sheets. The rear webbing will have 1.00" web straps that loop through footman loops and fasten with spring clip and hook fasteners. RUNNING BOARDS The running boards will be fabricated of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and supported by structural steel angle assemblies bolted to the chassis frame rails. The running boards are 13.00" deep and have a riser on the body to protect the painted surface from damage by stepping on the running boards. TAILBOARD The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate supported by a structural steel assembly. A Morton Cass insert will be provided on the stepping area. The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. REAR WALL, BODY MATERIAL, SKY -BOOM The rear wall will be smooth and the same material as the body. The upper center section as well as any inboard facing surfaces of the rear wall will be aluminum treadplate. PAINTED TOW HOOKS Two (2) painted rear tow hooks will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the rear body platform. COMPARTMENTATION Compartments will be fabricated of .125" 5052 aluminum. The side compartments are an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Fully enclosed rear fender housings are provided to prevent corrosion pockets and for ease of maintenance. Mounting of the compartments will be done with body support assemblies bolted to the chassis frame rails and the .125" compartment floors. Support assemblies are 43 of 95 constructed of 3.00" x 3.00" x .38" steel angle coated with a rubberized compound to isolate the dissimilar metals. The side body panels are mounted independently of each other with the left panel mounted to the left frame rail and the right panel mounted to the right frame rail. The compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door openings are framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle. Drip protection will be provided over all door openings by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate. The side compartment tops will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate with a 1.00" rolled over edge on the front, rear and outward sides. The covers will be fabricated in one (1) piece with the corners welded. A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided on the front wall of each side compartment. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have chrome plated acorn nuts at the ends to prevent injury AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. LOUVERS All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate. DRIVER SIDE COMPARTMENTATION A roll -up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be 44.50" wide x 65.00" high x 12.00" deep inside, (lower portion to be 24.50" deep for the first 29.75" of height), with a door opening of 38.75" wide x 55.38" high. A roll -up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be 41.75" wide x 65.00" high x 12.00" deep inside, (lower portion is 24.50" deep for the first 29.75" of height), with a door opening of 38.75" wide x 55.38" high. One (1) roll -up door compartment above the fender compartments and over the wheelwell will be 73.50" wide x 33.13" high x 12.00" deep inside with a clear door opening of 65.25" wide x 25.50" high. PASSENGER SIDE COMPARTMENTATION A roll -up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels approximately 44.50" wide x 65.00" high x 24.50" deep inside the lower 29.75" and 12.00" deep inside the upper portion with a door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 55.38" high. A roll -up door compartment behind the rear wheels approximately 41.75" wide x 65.00" high x 24.50" deep inside the lower 29.75" and 12.00" deep inside the upper portion with a door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 55.38" high. 44 of 95 One (1) roll -up door compartment above the fender compartments and over the wheelwell approximately 73.50" wide x 33.13" high x 12.00" deep inside with a clear door opening of approximately 65.25" wide x 25.50" high ROLLUP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS There will be seven (7) compartment doors installed on the side compartments. The doors will be double faced aluminum construction, an anodized satin finish and manufactured by Gortite®. Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from 180 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from 300 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 1250 for all compartment doors. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Doors will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter. The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00 ". A heavy -duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be eight (8) compartments with Amdor, Model AY -9220, white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The lights will be mounted with mechanical fasteners. • There will be one (1) strip light installed vertically in each compartment opening per the latest NFPA requirements. • There shall be an additional light installed in compartments where the length of the compartment is twice the measurement as the height of the same compartment. The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the respective compartment door is opened. 45 of 95 MOUNTING TRACKS There will be six (6) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in D3, Dl, P1, P3, D4 and P4. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be eight (8) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The location(s) will be determined at a later date. SLIDE -OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY There will be four (4) floor mounted slide -out tray(s) provided. Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 500 lb in the extended position. Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray There will be two undermount- roller bearing type slides rated at 2501b each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2. To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117. To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 501b force for push -in or pull- out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. The location(s) will be Dl, P1, P4 and D4. SWING OUT TOOLBOARD A swing out aluminum toolboard will be provided. It will be a minimum of .188" thick with .20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. 46 of 95 A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. The board will be mounted on a pivoting device at the front of the compartment on the top and bottom to allow easy movement in and out of the compartment. The maximum tool load will be 400 pounds. The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position. The board will be mounted stationary within the compartment. There will be One (1) toolboard(s) provided. The toolboard(s) will be spatter gray painted and installed D2. BACKBOARD STORAGE A transverse area over the pump and forward of the crosslays will hold two (2) storage troughs. A blister will be supplied at each side to enclose the backboards due to their length. The backboards will be accessible from either side of the vehicle through the polished stainless steel door(s) with a pair of lift and turn latches. The size of the backboard(s) to be stored will be 17x72x2 . RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. BODY FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. These fender crowns must be wide enough to prevent splashing onto the body from the specified tires. A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. HARD SUCTION HOSE Hard suction hose will not be required. HANDRAILS The handrails will be 1.25" diameter anodized aluminum extrusion, with a ribbed design, to provide a positive gripping surface. 47 of 95 Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces. Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. Handrails will be provided to meet NFPA 1901 section 15.8 requirements. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing. HANDRAILS One (1) vertical handrail, not less than 29.00" long, will be located on each rear beavertail. EXTENSION LADDER There will be a 24' two - section aluminum Duo - Safety Series 900 -A extension ladder provided. ROOF LADDER There will be a 14' aluminum Duo - Safety Series 775 -A roof ladder provided. LADDER STORAGE The roof and extension ladders will be stored between the water tank and the PS side compartments. The extension and roof ladders will extend into the pump compartment just to the rear of the water pump discharges. Each ladder will be stored vertically in a separate stainless steel storage trough. A smooth aluminum will be provided at the rear with a single D -ring latch. FOLDING LADDER One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585 -A, Duo - Safety folding ladder will be installed in the ladder storage compartment. 8' PIKE POLE There will be two (2) 8' Duo Safety pike pole(s) with fiberglass handle provided. The pike pole(s) will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment. 6' PIKE POLE There will be two (2) 6' Duo Safety pike pole(s) with fiberglass handle provided. The pike pole(s) will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment. REAR ACCESS STEP TO LADDER A series of folding steps and wedge style steps will be provided at the rear of the hose bed, for access to the aerial device or hose bed. All steps will provide an adequate surface for stepping. The wedge steps will be properly lit for nighttime operation. A pull -out drop down step will be provided at the center, below the rear platform, for access to the rear tailboard. 48 of 95 MIDSHIP FIRE PUMP Midship fire pump will be a Hale QMAX -150, 1500 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type. Pump will be the class "A" type. Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharges at the pressures indicated below: - 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. - 100% of rated capacity at 165 psi net pump pressure. -70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. -50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure. Entire pump and both suction and discharge passages will be hydrostatically tested to a pressure of 500 psi. Pump will be fully tested at the pump manufacturer's factory to the performance requirements as outlined by the current NFPA 1901 standards and will be free from objectionable pulsation and vibration. Pump body and related parts will be of fine grain, alloy cast iron with a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi (2041.2 bar). All moving parts in contact with water will be of high quality bronze or stainless steel. Pump body will be horizontally split, on a single plane in two (2) sections, for easy removal of entire impeller assembly, including wear rings and bearings from beneath the pump, without disturbing pump piping or the mounting of the pump in the chassis. Pump will have one (1) double suction impeller. The pump body will have two (2) opposed discharge volute cutwaters to eliminate radial unbalance. Pump impeller will be hard, fine grain bronze of the mixed flow design, accurately machined, hand - ground, and individually balanced. The vanes of the impeller intake eyes will be hand - ground and polished to a sharp edge. They will be of sufficient size and design to provide ample reserve capacity utilizing minimum horsepower. Impeller clearance rings will be bronze and easily renewable without replacing impeller or pump volute body. They will be of the wrap- around double labyrinth design for maximum efficiency. Pump shaft will be electric furnace heat - treated, corrosion resistant stainless steel. It will be super - finished under packing with galvanic corrosion (zinc separators in packing) protection for longer shaft life. Pump shaft will be sealed with double oil seal to keep road dirt and water out of drive unit. 49 of 95 Pump shaft will be rigidly supported by three (3) bearings for minimum deflection. A high lead bronze sleeve bearing will be located immediately adjacent to the impeller (on the side opposite of the drive unit). The sleeve bearing will be automatically oil lubricated and pressure balanced to exclude foreign material. The remaining bearings will be heavy -duty, deep groove ball bearings in the gearbox and will be splash lubricated. MECHANICAL SEAL ON PUMP Only one (1) mechanical seal will be used on the suction (inboard) side of the pump. The mechanical seal will be 2.00" in diameter and will be spring loaded, maintenance -free, and self - adjusting. The mechanical seal construction will be a carbon sealing ring, stainless steel coil spring, Viton® rubber boot, and a tungsten carbide seat with a Teflon backup seal. PUMP TRANSMISSION The drive unit will be cast and completely manufactured and tested at the Hale Products, Inc. factory. The pump drive unit will be of sufficient size to withstand up to 16,000 foot/ pounds of torque from the engine in both the road and pump operating conditions. The drive unit is will be designed with ample lubrication reserve to maintain the proper operating temperature. The gearbox drive shafts will be of heat treated chrome nickel steel and 2.75" in diameter on both the input and output drive shafts. They will be designed to withstand the full torque of the engine in both road and pump operating conditions. All gears, both drive and pump, will be of the highest quality, electric furnace, chrome nickel steel. Bores will be ground to size and teeth integrated, crown - shaved and hardened, to give an extremely accurate gear for long life, smooth, quiet running and higher load carrying capability. An accurately cut spur design will be provided to eliminate all possible end thrust. Pierce Manufacturing will select the pump ratio to provide the maximum performance with the engine and transmission selected. Three (3) green warning lights will be provided to indicate to the operator(s) when the pump has completed the shift from Road to Pump position. Two (2) lights will be located in the truck driving compartment and one (1) light on pump operator's panel adjacent to the throttle control. PUMPING MODE An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only. AIR PUMP SHIFT Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged ". The second green light 50 of 95 will indicate when the pump has been engaged and the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump ". Another green indicator light will be installed adjacent to the hand throttle on the pump panel and indicate either the pump is engaged and the road transmission is in pump gear, or the road transmission is in neutral and the pump is not engaged. This light will be labeled "Warning: Do not open throttle unless light is on ". The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements. The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. TRANSMISSION LOCK -UP The direct gear transmission lock -up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated. AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be cylindrical type and will be a separate unit. The heat exchanger will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. Exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP An Elkhart Style 40 relief valve will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig. The relief valve will have a working range of 75 psig to 250 psig. The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag. The relief valve pressure control will be located behind an access door at the right side pump panel. PRESSURE CONTROLLER A Pierce Pump Boss Model PBA300 pressure governor will be provided. A pressure transducer will be installed in the water discharge manifold on the pump. The display panel will be located at the pump operator's panel. PRIMING PUMP The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA 1901. 51 of 95 All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer PUMP MANUALS There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi- tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings. Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel. All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing. All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. PLUMBING, FOAM SYSTEM All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam /water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. MAIN PUMP INLET CAP The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 52 of 95 VALVES All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy -duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two -seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty. LEFT SIDE INLET There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter. The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. The location of the valve for the one (1) inlet will be recessed behind the pump panel. INLET CONTROL The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. FRONT INLET A 6.00" inlet front inlet with die cast zinc screens will be provided using 5.00" stainless steel pipe and a 5.00" butterfly valve. Only radiused elbows will be used in the piping, no mitered joints. Drains are furnished in all the low points of piping and have .75" valves with swing handle. A bleeder valve will be located at the threaded connection. The front suction will be located on the right side of the bumper extension. FRONT INLET CONTROL The front inlet will be gated with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve or an indicator will be provided to show when the valve is closed. There will be an electric valve controller provided. The control will be momentary to allow the valve to be gated for ease of operation. Indicator lights will be provided to show if the valve is open or closed. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An intake relief valve, preset at 125 psig, will be installed on the inlet side of the valve. Relief valve will have a working range of 75 psig to 250 psig. Outlet will terminate below the frame rails. FRONT INLET CAP The front inlet will have National Standard hose threads with a long handle cap. 53 of 95 The cap will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. The cap will be fabricated from brass material. FRONT INLET ELBOW The front inlet will have a 6.00" swivel with National Standard hose threads and a long handle chromed plated cap. The swivel will have a smooth surface chrome finish. A quarter -turn style bleeder will be provided on the front inlet elbow. INLET BLEEDER VALVE A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails TANK TO PUMP The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. Tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. TANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re- circulation line will be provided, using a quarter -turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS There will be two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS There will be one (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. There will be one (1) discharge outlet with a 3.00" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 3.00" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 54 of 95 FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the left side of the front bumper. Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel. There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping. REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed, driver's side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. DISCHARGE CAPS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains will be furnished for all side discharge outlets. The caps will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. 55 of 95 The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. ADDITIONAL RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS The 3.00" discharge outlets, located on the right side pump panel, will be furnished with a 3.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. REAR OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel. AERIAL OUTLET The aerial waterway will be plumbed from the pump to the water tower line with 5.00" pipe and a 4.00" Elkhart valve. The handwheel control for the waterway valve will be located at the pump operator's panel. An indicator will be provided to show the position of the valve. CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 200' of 1.75" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve. Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of 0.25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish. 56 of 95 Vertical scuffplates constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle. Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 2.50" CROSSLAY HOSE BED One (1) crosslay with 2.50" outlets will be provided. This bed to be capable of carrying 200' of 2.50" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.50" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.50" quarter turn ball valve. Outlet to be equipped with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay control will be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of 0.25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish. The remainder of the crosslay bed will be painted job color. Stainless steel vertical scuffplates will be provided at hose bed ends (each side of vehicle). Bottom of hose bed ends (each side) will also be equipped with a stainless steel scuffplate. Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum CROSSLAY /DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT Elastic netting will be provided across the top and ends of two (2) crosslay /deadlay opening(s) to secure the hose during travel. The netting will be permanently attached at the top center of the crosslay /deadlay bed and removable on each end. CROSSLAY 8.00" LOWER THAN STANDARD The crosslays will be lowered 8.00" from standard. FOAM SYSTEM An Akron, Model 3126, foam eductor, with a capacity for 125 gpm, will be installed on the discharge side of the pump. Foam eductor will have a ball -type check valve to prevent water flow back into the foam agent line. Foam eductor will have a quarter -turn ball valve, for alternation between the bypass and the eductor. The foam system will be a single agent system capable of handling class A foam concentrates as well as most class B foam concentrates. The foam eductor will be plumbed to the front outlet discharge. 57 of 95 Controls for the foam system will be located on the pump operator's panel and labeled with red tags for easy identification. The controls for the eductor, foam supply, and the flush will be electric over pneumatic to allow for an ergonomically designed control panel and simplified operation. Provided with the system will be an instruction plate and plumbing schematic. Push /pull handles for the foam system will be labeled with red tags for easy identification. All piping coming in direct contact with the foam concentrate will be immune to the concentrate, so deterioration of the plumbing will be avoided. This system will have a bypass eductor type foam, with a rated capacity of 125 gpm at .25 percent .5 percent, 1 percent, 3 percent, and 6 percent. Foam system operational considerations: 200 psi eductor inlet pressure will be required for proper operation. AUXILIARY FOAM OUTLET This auxiliary foam outlet will be provided at the DS pump panel side pump panel. The outlet will allow the foam from the onboard foam tank to be connected to a portable eductor. The outlet will be connected directly to the onboard foam tank with 1.50" flexible hose and a 1.50" shutoff valve controlled at the pump operators panel. The outlet will terminate with a 1.50" MNST chrome plated adapter and cap. FOAM TANK The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 30 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class B foam. The brand of foam stored in this tank will be tbd. The foam cell will reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. FOAM TANK DRAIN The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" drain valve located inside the pump compartment accessible through a door on the passenger's side pump panel. PUMP COMPARTMENT The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. The pump compartment will be constructed of the same material as the body compartmentation. The pump compartment substructure will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards. 58 of 95 The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist. Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly. PUMP MOUNTING Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump. LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANELS All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly identified. Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized. The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two (2) main sections for ease of maintenance The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges. The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains All push /pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push /pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push /pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position. The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding. IDENTIFICATION TAGS The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle. All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge. All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification. The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. 59 of 95 The pump panel on the right (passenger's) side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners. Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets. The trim rings for the side discharge outlets will be color coded and labeled to correspond with the discharge identification tag. PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user - friendly operation. PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM A pull out, flip down platform will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. The front edge and the top surface of the platform will be made of DA finished aluminum with a Morton Cass insert. The platform will be approximately 13.75" deep when in the stowed position and approximately 22.00" deep when extended. The platform will be 35.00" wide. The platform will lock in the retracted and the extended position. The platform will be wired to the "step not stowed" indicator in the cab. PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM PERIMETER LIGHT There will be an On Scene Solutions, Model Night Stick Access, 20.00" white 12 volt DC LED strip light provided to illuminate the ground area. PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of aluminum with a painted FormCoat black finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided around each panel. The passenger's side pump panel will be removable and fastened with swell type fasteners. PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SCOCDCR, 3.00" white 12 volt DC LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment. There will be a switch accessible through a door on the pump panel included with this installation. Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. Also provided at the pump panel will be the following: - Master Pump Drain Control 60 of 95 VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©. The gauges will be a minimum of 4.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00 " -0 -6004. Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and non - corrosive polished stainless steel or brass plugs. They will be marked with a label. This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube PRESSURE GAUGES The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be Class 1© interlube filled. They will be a minimum of 2.00" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering. Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. Gauges will have a pressure range of 30 " -0 -4004. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube WATER LEVEL GAUGE There will be an electronic water level gauge provided on the operator's panel that registers water level by means of five (5) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra - bright five (5) LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The water level indicators will be as follows: • 100 percent = Green • 75 percent = Yellow • 50 percent = Yellow • 25 percent = Yellow • Refill = Red 61 of 95 The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the water tank is empty. The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from water and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The field calibratable display measures head pressure to accurately show the tank level. FOAM LEVEL GAUGE An electronic foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five (5) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra- bright five (5) LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The foam level indicators will be as follows: • 100 percent = Green • 75 percent = Yellow • 50 percent = Yellow • 25 percent = Yellow • Refill = Red The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty. The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display will be able to be calibrated in the field and will measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. STEP /LIGHT SHIELD There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operators panel. There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights shall be activated when the parking brake is set. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode. 62 of 95 • There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. There will be a green pump engaged indicator light activated on at the operator's panel when the pump is shifted into gear from inside the cab. There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above this step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot - candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. AIR HORN SYSTEM There will be two (2) Grover air horns recessed in the front bumper. The horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed in -line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. Air Horn Location The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rails. AIR HORN CONTROL The air horns will be actuated by a chrome push button located on the officer's side of the engine tunnel and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the air horns or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelen®, Model 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided. This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. Electronic siren head will be recessed in the driver side inside switch panel. Siren will be actuated by a foot switch on the officer's side and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the siren or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch. SPEAKER There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100 -watt, speaker with through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier. The speaker will be recessed in the left side of the front bumper, towards the outside. AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN A Federal Q2B® siren will be furnished. A siren brake button will be installed on the switch panel. 63 of 95 The control solenoid will be powered up after the emergency master switch is activated. The mechanical siren will be mounted on the bumper deck plate. It will be mounted on the right side. A reinforcement plate will be furnished to support the siren. The mechanical siren will be actuated by a chrome push button located on the officer's side instrument panel and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the siren or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) 21.50" Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the cab roof, one (1) on each side, above the driver's and passenger's door, facing forward. The driver's side lightbar will include the following • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside end position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the inside front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position. The passenger's side lightbar will include the following: • One (1) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the inside front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside end position. There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars. LIGHTS, FRONT ZONE LOWER Two (2) Whelen model M6 *C LED flashing warning lights will be installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel with the directional lights. The driver's side front warning light to be red. The passenger's side front warning light to be red. Both lights will include a clear lens. 64 of 95 There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side. There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on. The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi -beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6 *C, flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following: • Two (2) lights, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The side front lights to be red. • Two (2) lights, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The side middle lights to be red. • Two (2) lights, one (1) each side located between the tandems. The side rear lights to be red. • The lights will include clear lenses. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M9 *C LED flashing warning light(s) with bezel(s) provided upper each side of cab. The color of the lights will be red. All of these lights will include a clear lens. These lights will be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights. REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6 *C, LED flashing warning lights with Model M6FC, chrome flanges located at the rear of the apparatus. • The driver's side rear light to be red • The passenger's side rear light to be red Both lights will include a lens that is clear. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 65 of 95 WARNING LIGHTS (REAR AND SIDE UPPER ZONES) Four (4) Whelen, model M9 *C LED flashing warning lights will be provided at the rear of the apparatus. The side rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red. The rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red. The rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red. The side rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red. These lights will include a lens that is clear. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation: General Except where superseded by the requirements of NFPA 1901, all components, equipment and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC). Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the manner for which they have been listed. Grounding An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250 -62 (Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC. The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200 -6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC. In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310 -15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor, properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used. Wiring Methods 66 of 95 Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following - Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) or - Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring will be run as follows: - Separated by a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping - Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of six (6) inches (152 mm) distance. Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within six (6) inches (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24 inches (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle. Wiring Identification All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size. Wet Locations All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section 210 -7 "Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC. All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than 24 inches (610 mm) from the ground. Receptacles on off -road vehicles will be a minimum of 30 inches (762 mm) from the ground. The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position. Dry Locations All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the interior floor height. 67 of 95 All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage (120 -volts or 240 - volts) and the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked. Listing All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service. Electrical System Testing The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system. The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900 volts for one (1) minute. The test will be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made. GENERATOR Provisions will be made for the customer installation of a Dl Honda generator. GENERATOR LOCATION The generator will be located Dl. GENERATOR START The starting provision for the generator will be located on the generator itself. ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP A fuel pick -up tube will be provided in the chassis fuel tank along with an electric fuel pump for the generator fuel system. A fuel line will be provided from the fuel tank to the generator with a manual shutoff valve located at the generator. CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL A circuit breaker panel will be installed in the Dl. A directory for each breaker will be provided adjacent to the circuit breaker panel. Identification of circuits will be done in a durable manner that provides years of service. This breaker panel will be connected to Honda EU3000 generator. 68 of 95 120/240 VOLT LIGHTING The apparatus will be equipped with a telescoping top raise Fire Research, Focus Model FC642 -S75 quartz tube special length tripod flood light. Each light head will be 120 volt, 750 watts, draw 6.3 amps. The light head will swivel 360 degrees left or right and tilt up and down. The overall height of the tripod without lighthead will be 31.75" long in the stowed position or about 24" shorter than a standard tripod. A Fire Research FC603 quick release truck mounting bracket will be provided and installed on the truck in the specified location. A receptacle will be provided near the base of the light. A 20 amp, 120 volt, twist -lock plug with protective boot. A total of Two (2) will be provided back of cab one each side. ELECTRIC CORD REEL Furnished with the 120 volt AC electrical system will be a Hannay, Series 1600, cord reel. The reel will be provided with a 12 -volt electric rewind switch, that is guarded to prevent accidental operation and labeled for its intended use. The switch will be protected with a fuse and installed at a height not to exceed 72.00" above the operators standing position. The exterior finish of the reel(s) will be painted 4269 gray from the reel manufacturer. A Nylatron guide to be provided to aid in the payout and loading of the reel. A ball stop will be provided to prevent the cord from being wound on the reel. A label will be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label will indicate current rating, current type, phase, voltage and total cable length. A total of one (1) cord reel will be provided one (1) in compartment R1 high and to the right. The cord reel will be configured with three (3) conductors. CORD Provided for electric distribution will be one (1) length installed on the reel of 200 feet of Carol Super Vu -Trop II yellow 12/3 electrical cord. A Hubbell L5 -20, 20 amp, 120 volt, twist lock connector body will be installed on the end of the cord. 55 -FOOT TELESCOPIC WATER TOWER/AERIAL LADDER The telescopic water tower /aerial ladder will consist of two (2) telescopic boom sections, with a waterway, designed to supply a large capacity elevated water stream, and a two (2) section aluminum ladder. 69 of 95 The water tower /aerial ladder will be a two (2) section telescopic boom, with a capacity of 500 lbs. unsupported, at 0 degree elevation and fully extended. CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current NFPA 1901 standard. All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 50% of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1 structural safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard. All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non - ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 20% of the minimum ultimate strength of the material, based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1 safety factor meets the current 1901 NFPA standard. Wire ropes, chains, and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one -half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface. The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one -third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning. With the aerial device out of the cradle in the in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder. The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows. All welding will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes. All material and welds will have a fatigue life structural safety factor of 2:1. This will be derived from taking into account structure weight, payload, wind load, ice load, nozzle reactions, and dynamics. The aerial device will be capable of operating with the maximum rated tip load in either of the two (2) following conditions: • Conditions of high wind up to 20 mph 70 of 95 • Conditions of icing, up to a coating of 0.25" over the entire aerial structure All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data: • Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device • Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load • Accelerometer test to determine dynamic response during ladder operation • Accelerometer test to determine dynamic response during road travel • Hydraulic component operating and burst strength testing The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device: • Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material • Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification MAINFRAME ASSEMBLY The mainframe assembly will be a welded steel structure, pedestal type, providing a mounting base, for attachment of the telescopic water tower /aerial ladder equipment, to the truck chassis frame, at the rear. The welded steel pedestal will measure 21.00" x 33.00" with a welded upper pedestal mainframe of 20.00" x 32.75 ". The base plate will be 1.25" thick made of high strength steel, with minimum yield strength of 100,000 psi. The side walls of the pedestal will be reinforced, with plates and gussets .38" thick, in the area where the stabilizers are attached, to provide the required side to side strength and rigidity. The pedestal will be welded to a substructure assembly made of tubes 6.00" x 3.00" x .25 ". The substructure will be bolted to the chassis frame with 28 bolts 0.75" diameter, grade eight (8). The rear boom control panel, on the pedestal mainframe, will be made of stainless steel and properly identified. The panels will be designed to allow easy access to the components and manual overrides. WATER TOWER CONSTRUCTION The water tower will be constructed from two (2) aluminum alloy members, one (1) to telescope within, the other to ensure close tolerances and interchangeability of the members. All water tower members will be constructed of extruded "U" channels made of aluminum 6061 -T6, with minimum yield strength of 36,000 psi. The channels will be securely welded together at the center, on each side. After fabrication and prior to assembly, the water tower sections will be properly prepared to provide good adhesion of primer and finish paint. That portion of the telescoping water tower section remaining inside the member base section, will be primed and finish painted white prior to the water tower assembly. The rated water tower /aerial ladder height will be 55' 5" measured as per the current NFPA 1901 standard, and will rotate 360 degrees at elevations from 5 degrees below horizontal to 85 degrees above. 71 of 95 The rated water tower /aerial ladder horizontal reach will be 45' 5" at 0 degree elevation measured as per the current NFPA 1901 standard. LADDER CONSTRUCTION A two (2) section aluminum ladder will be securely installed, on top of the water tower, and permanently attached so that the upper section extends and retracts, with the telescopic portion of the water tower. The extendable section of the ladder will extend on UHMW polyethylene slide pads permanently installed. The rungs of either section of the ladder when extended or retracted will be aligned. The rungs will be made with anti -slip material and will be 14.00" on center. A rung alignment indicator will be provided with an indicator light visible from the operator's control station. The ladder width between the rails will be 23.25" for the first section and 21.00" for the second section Tubular aluminum handrails of not less than 1.00" diameter will be securely installed on top of the ladder, one (1) on each side on both sections. The handrails will be fixed in nature. The handrails will not be less than 12.00" above the centerline of the rungs, on the tip section. A lifting eye will be provided at the tip of the aerial device. ELEVATION SYSTEM Two (2) double- acting lift cylinders will provide smooth, precise elevation from 5 degrees below horizontal to 85 degrees above horizontal. The elevation cylinders will be equipped, with integral dual holding valves, on each cylinder, to prevent the unit from falling should the charged lines fail at any point within the hydraulic system. The elevation cylinders will have the following dimensions: • 4.00" internal diameter (bore) • 2.00" diameter chromium - plated cylinder rod • 33.50" stroke EXTENSION /RETRACTION SYSTEM A full hydraulic powered extension and retraction system for the water tower /aerial ladder will be provided, through a cylinder. The second section of the water tower /aerial ladder will be extended and retracted by one (1) hydraulic cylinder. The extension cylinder will have a 3.00" internal diameter (bore), a 2.00" diameter chromium - plated rod, and a 207.00" stroke. The extension /retraction cylinder will be equipped with integral dual holding valves. The extension /retraction cylinder will be located inside the boom sections for maximum protection from damage. One (1) holding valve will prevent the ladder from retracting, should the charged lines fail at any point within the hydraulic system. The second holding valve will prevent extension of the sections, while braking on the road. TURNTABLE ASSEMBLY The turntable assembly will be a welded structure attached to the mainframe pedestal assembly on a 23.25" pitch diameter turntable ball bearing, providing 360 degrees continuous rotation in either 72 of 95 direction. The bearing will be bolted to the pedestal with 23 bolts and to the turntable with 18 bolts. The bolts will be .75" grade eight (8). A hydraulic motor driving through a single reduction worm gear reducer, will be used for rotation. A heavy duty pinion gear, with support bearing, will engage an internal gear ring, on the turntable ball bearing. A motion control lock will be provided in the rotation system to provide positive control during rotation. The operator will be able to manually rotate the turntable in the event of loss of all hydraulic power. Folded and slotted steps will be provided at the rear, on each side of the turntable. A stainless steel turntable alignment indicator will be provided, to assist the operator in aligning the boom with the boom support, when nesting it. PERFORMANCE CAPABILITIES The unit will be constructed and powered to be capable of performing the following functions, when operated on firm level ground in a 20 mph wind, with the stabilizers extended and properly set. • When used as a water /tower, at full extension, at any angle from -5 degrees to 45 degrees, tip unsupported, 2501bs. at the ladder tip or 5001bs. load evenly distributed along the length of the ladder. • When used as a water /tower, at full extension, at any angle from 46 degrees to 85 degrees, tip unsupported, 5001bs. at the ladder tip or 7501bs. load evenly distributed along the length of the ladder. • When used as a ladder only, no water, full extension, tip unsupported at any angle from -5 degrees to 45 degrees above. It will support a tip load of 5001bs. or 5001bs. evenly distributed along the length of the ladder. • When used as a ladder only, no water, full extension, tip unsupported at any angle from 46 degrees to 85 degrees. It will support a tip load of 5001bs. or 10001bs. evenly distributed along the length of the ladder. • When used as a ladder only, no water, full extension, tip supported, it will carry and support a load of 17501bs. evenly distributed along the length of the ladder. BOOM SUPPORT A boom support will be provided for nesting the water tower device. The boom support will be constructed of steel tubing in an "A" frame design and will be mounted directly on the chassis frame rails. A stainless steel plate will be provided, on the under side of the boom, where it nests on the boom support. The boom support will be located just to the rear of the chassis cab. 73 of 95 AERIAL BOOM SUPPORT LIGHT There will be one (1) Truck -Lite Model 19206 white incandescent light mounted on the boom support cradle. This light will be activated by the aerial master switch. AERIAL BOOM PANEL There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted 410 white. The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes. EXTENSION INDICATOR Numerical indicators will be provided on the inner boom every five (5) feet. They will indicate various positions of extension up to full. Markings and indicators will be clearly visible to the console operator To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators will be of a black reflective material. FOLDING STEPS One (1) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. The steps will be bright finished, non -skid with a black coating. TURNTABLE CONSOLE LIGHTING There will be one (1), TecNiq Model T10, white LED light strip mounted in the turntable console cover to illuminate the controls located on both the upper and lower portion of the turntable control station. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. CONTROL STATION There will be one (1) control station located at the rear of the apparatus. All elevation, extension and rotation operational controls will operate from this position. All controls will be arranged so they can be easily operated by an operator, with a gloved hand, without disturbing any other controls. The control devices will be clearly marked and suitably lighted. BOOM CONTROL PANEL The boom control panel will be located at the rear of the apparatus. The controls will be lighted and clearly identified and will include: - Intercom system - Control for water tower butterfly valve - Spotlight switches - Panel light switch 74 of 95 - Fast idle switch - Three (3) monitor nozzle control switches - Hydraulic pressure gauge - Water pressure gauge - Bubble type level indicator - Load chart - Return line hydraulic filter, red indicator light - Pressure line hydraulic filter, red indicator light - One (1) control lever to elevate and lower the water tower /ladder - One (1) control lever to extend and retract the water tower /ladder - One (1) control lever to rotate the turntable in either direction The levers will be distinctively different, from the other controls on the panel and arranged adjacent to each other, with the extension control being the left lever, the rotation control being the center lever and the elevation control being the right lever. Indicating devices, suitably lighted, clearly marked and conveniently arranged will be visible from the operator's position to: - Indicate rung alignment for climbing - Indicate the alignment of the water tower /ladder, with the travel bed - Indicate boom elevation angle A second lighted control station will be furnished near the water tower nozzle and be accessible to personnel for control of all nozzle functions. These controls will be properly identified and clearly marked. A step will be provided at the rear of the apparatus, so that the operator is not in contact with the ground. Sign(s) will be provided to warn the operator(s) of electrocution hazards. WATER TOWER/LADDER CONTROLS The controls will be arranged to permit the operator to regulate the speed of the functions, within the safety limits as determined by the manufacturer. The boom sections will be controlled by three (3) independent direct hydraulic control levers. Each control lever will be equipped with a neutral position lock to prevent accidental activation and will automatically return to its neutral position when released. 75 of 95 The displacement of the controls activates proportional distribution control valves, that meter the flow of hydraulic fluid to the hydraulic cylinders and motor, which activate the water tower /ladder functions. The inclination angle, of the control lever, will determine how far the valve will open, which in turn will determine the extent of motion of the cylinder or motor under control. When dual motion is selected, the action requiring the highest pressure determines the pump pressure and flow. Pressure compensators, built in the directional control valve, allow simultaneous operation of both actions. EMERGENCY CONTROLS The unit will be equipped with the following emergency controls: - Manual provision for rotation worm gear - Mechanical levers on all directional control valves Manual overrides on all solenoid cartridge valves used for stabilizer /water tower interlocks For operation, in the event of loss of hydraulic pressure, from the power take off hydraulic pump, an auxiliary hydraulic pump will be furnished. It will be powered by the 12 volt battery system on the apparatus, with an actuating switch at the control station, or directly by the lever if an electrical control lever option is ordered. This system will permit operating with rated capacities at reduced speed. STABILIZERS Two (2) hydraulically operated stabilizers, measuring 3.00" (bore) x 1.50" (rod) x 38.00" (stroke), will be provided for stabilizing the apparatus during the operation of the water tower /ladder. These stabilizers will be of the "A" frame type. They will consist of separate steel weldments located one (1) on each side, behind the rear wheels, in the area of the centerline, of the turntable rotation. The stabilizer shoe will be 10.00" x 11.00" x .38" and will swivel on an axis, parallel to the longitudinal axis of the apparatus. Two (2) red warning lights, one (1) on each stabilizer, visible on the side, will be provided. They will be connected to the water tower /ladder PTO switch. When extended, the stabilizer spread will be 154.00" to provide maximum stability. The distance will be measured from the outside edge of one (1) shoe to the outside edge of the other shoe. Each stabilizer will be extended and retracted by a single hydraulic cylinder, equipped with a double pilot operated check valve, to positively hold the stabilizer in the operating and travel positions respectively. The hydraulic cylinders will be enclosed, within the stabilizer legs and housings, to provide protection for the hydraulic cylinders and cylinder rods. The electric control of each stabilizer will be arranged so that the operator will be able to view the stabilizers in motion. An audible alarm of not less than 87 DBA will sound when a stabilizer is in motion. One (1) green light will be provided on each stabilizer control. To secure the operation, the green light will be energized only when the stabilizer settings are in configuration to support the water tower /ladder. 76 of 95 Two (2) rear stabilizer control panels will be properly labeled, lighted and will include: - One (1) green light with the inscription "FIRM ON GROUND" - One (1) toggle switch for stabilizers with the inscription "UP /DOWN" The water tower /ladder will be energized only if both stabilizers are in firm contact with the ground or if the ladder /stabilizer override momentary toggle switch has been activated. Two (2) 24.00" x 24.00" lightweight composite material stabilizer ground pads made of a lightweight composite material with mounting brackets will be provided. The ground contact area for each stabilizer will be such that a unit pressure not greater than 75 psi (500 kPa) will be exerted over the ground contact area when the apparatus is loaded to its maximum in- service weight and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in every position permitted by the manufacturer. There will be one (1) pad located on each side of the apparatus, behind the stabilizers. STABILIZER CONTROL BOX There will be no doors on the stabilizer control box at the rear of the truck. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM All high - pressure hoses will have an abrasion resistant cover, and have a rating greater than or equal to the working pressure of the circuit in which they are installed. All hydraulic fittings will be plated to minimize corrosion. The fitting will use an O -ring face seal, where possible, to minimize hydraulic leaks. All pressure carrying hydraulic hoses will have a 4:1 safety rating based on burst pressure An interlock will be provided that prevents activation of the hydraulic pump until the transmission is placed in neutral and the parking brake is set as outlined in NFPA standards. The hydraulic system will be of the load sense design to minimize heat build up and provide smooth control of the aerial ladder. The system will meet the performance requirement in NFPA standards, which requires adequate cooling after less than 2 1/2 hours of operations All hydraulic components that are non - sealing, where failure could result in the aerial movement, will comply with NFPA standards and have burst strength of 4:1. Dynamic sealing components, where failure could cause aerial movement, will have a margin of 2:1 on maximum operating pressure per NFPA standards. All hydraulic hoses, tubes, and connections will have minimum burst strength of 3:1 per NFPA standards. A hydraulic oil pressure gauge will be supplied at the base control location per NFPA standards. The aerial hydraulic system will be designed in such a manner that a hydraulic pump failure or line rupture will not allow the aerial or outriggers to lose position. Hydraulic holding valves will be mounted directly into cylinders. To insure reliable performance of holding valves, no hoses or tubing will be permitted between a holding valve and cylinder. The aerial will incorporate the use of trombone steel 77 of 95 tubes inside the stabilizer beams to eliminate hydraulic hose wear and leaks. Hydraulic power to the ladder will be transferred from the pedestal by a hydraulic swivel. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR The hydraulic system will consist of an oil reservoir mounted to the torque box and plumbed to the hydraulic pump. There will be plumbing for a supply and return line and a tank drain on the reservoir The hydraulic pump suction line will have a shut -off ball valve for pump servicing. The hydraulic oil reservoir fill will be labeled per NFPA standards. The hydraulic system will use multi- weight, SAE grade oil. ISO grade will be based on geographical location. The manufacturer will certify that the oil meets or exceeds the hydraulic cleanliness rating of 18/15/13 per ISO 4406:1999 before delivery. HYDRAULIC FILTERS The system will incorporate the following filters to provide dependable service: - Separate magnet (not on strainer) - Reservoir suction strainer: 125 mesh - Pressure filter with dirt alarm: Nominal 5 micron filter with a rating of 6.5 micron @ Beta 200 (99.5% efficiency); 7.5 micron @ Beta 1000 (99.9% efficiency) - Return filter with dirt alarm: Nominal 5 micron filter with a rating of 6.5 micron @ Beta 200 (99.5% efficiency); 7.5 micron @ Beta 1000 (99.9% efficiency) - Desiccant breather filter: Water capacity 4 fluid oz, 5 micron rating HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS All hydraulic cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the production of hydraulic cylinders. POWER TAKEOFF / HYDRAULIC PUMP The apparatus will be equipped with a power takeoff driven by the chassis transmission and actuated by an electric shift located inside the cab. The power takeoff, which drives the hydraulic pump, will meet all the requirements for the aerial unit operations. The hydraulic pump will be a variable displacement piston pump, for consistent and rapid response, and be capable of supplying hydraulic oil at a nominal 50gpm flow at pressures up to 3000 psi. The system will operate up to 3000 psi with flow controls to protect hydraulic components and incorporate a relief valve set at 3150 psi to prevent over pressurization. The hydraulic pump will be solely dedicated to aerial operations. An amber indicator light will be installed on the cab instrument panel to notify the operator that the power takeoff is engaged. 78 of 95 An interlock will be provided that allows operation of the aerial power takeoff shift only after the chassis spring brake has been set and the chassis transmission has either been placed in the neutral position or drive position after the driveline has been disengaged from the rear axle. EMERGENCY PUMP The hydraulic system will be designed with an auxiliary power unit meeting the guidelines of NFPA standards. The auxiliary power unit will be a 12 -volt pump connected to the chassis electrical system. The pump will provide operation at reduced speeds to store the aerial device and outriggers for road transportation. Self- centering switches will be provided at the turntable and stabilizer control station to activate the system. The system will be designed to provide a minimum of 30 minutes of hydraulic power to operate functions. ELECTRO - HYDRAULIC WATER SWIVEL JOINT The water tower /ladder will be equipped with an electro- hydraulic waterway swivel, to allow 360 degree rotation of the aerial, while connecting a1120 electrical circuits, four (4) hydraulic passageways and one (1) 4.00" waterway through the rotation point. The four (4) passageways will be supplied with no smaller than SAE -12 straight threaded ports and the remaining with SAE -6 straight threaded ports. The electrical swivel will have 28 collector rings rated to 30 amps continuous current load. The electrical swivel will have all collector rings sealed and protected against corrosion and condensation. The swivel collector rings used for line voltage applications will be subjected to a 130 second dielectric at 900 volts per ASTM D -495. AERIAL DEVICE LIGHTING There will be white 12 volt DC halogen, spotlights furnished on the aerial device: • One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 will be installed on the right side of the base section of the ladder. • One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 will be installed on the left side of the base section of the ladder. • One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 will be installed on the right side at the end of the aerial device. • One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 will be installed on the left side at the end of the aerial device Individual on /off switches will be provided on each light. Power to the lights will be controlled by a master on /off switch at the turntable control operator's position. The lights will be mounted below the top edge of the aerial device so as not to increase the overall height of the unit. 79 of 95 2 -WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM There will be a Fire Research model ICA900 -112 two -way intercom system provided. The control module will be located on the turntable operator console, provided there is room, and have an LED volume display and push- button volume control. A hands free module will be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push -to -talk button is pressed. Each intercom unit will be weatherproof. RAISED AERIAL PEDESTAL The aerial pedestal will be raised to accommodate the height of the cab FOLD DOWN HANDRAIL, AERIAL TURNTABLE A stainless steel fold down handrail will be provided at the rear of the turntable area. WATERWAY SYSTEM One (1) 4.00" pipe threaded inlet /outlet will be provided at the rear of the apparatus. It will be piped into the waterway, to serve as an inlet for supplying the water tower from another pumper or source and as a pump discharge outlet when the water tower is not in use. An automatic dump valve will be provided on the rear inlet pipe. A 1.50" drain, with valve control, at the rear will be provided to drain the water tower /ladder system. The telescopic waterway section will be assembled with clear anodized AISI 6061 -T6 aluminum piping. The telescopic waterway will be composed of a 3.50" O.D. aluminum pipe located inside the water tower base section and a 4.00" O.D. aluminum pipe located inside the second section. There will be a 4.00" O.D. lubricated water swivel located at the base of the water tower pivot point, to permit water operations from 5 degrees below horizontal to 85 degrees above horizontal of the ladder. The flow capacity of the waterway will be 1000 gpm. WATER TOWER MONITOR An Akron Model 3350 electric monitor with a Model 5177 nozzle will be located in the center front of the water tower. The monitor will be capable of delivering flows up to 1000 gpm. The actuators will allow for vertical travel from 30 degrees above to 150 degrees below the centerline of the water tower and 90 degrees on either side of center. The unit will be equipped with two (2) control boxes: one (1) at the tip and one (1) on the rear boom control panel. 80 of 95 The water tower will be designed so that it can be raised, lowered, extended, or retracted while flowing 1000 gpm. The monitor controls will include "one touch" automated stow and deploy function. The monitor location will provide protection for the monitor and nozzle when stowed. It will be arranged to avoid any obstruction from the water tower, during the lateral or vertical operation of the nozzle. FLOW METER (AERIAL WATERWAY) A Class I Flow- Minder will be provided for the aerial waterway with a range of 0 to 1000 gallons per minute. The flowmeter will be located on the aerial control panel at the rear of the unit. REAR INLET The rear inlet consists of the following: One (1) 4.00" inlet /outlet valve conveniently located at the rear of the apparatus piped into the waterway to serve as an inlet for supplying the water tower from another pumper or source or as a pump discharge outlets when the water tower is not in use. A 4.00" NST adapter and cap will be supplied. BUTTERFLY VALVE A 4.00" (100 mm) gear operated butterfly valve will be provided in the 4.00" (100 mm) vertical pipe within the mainframe pedestal, with a control wheel at the rear. This valve will shut off the water flow to the water tower when not in use. MANUALS Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial device will be provided with the apparatus at time of pick -up. INITIAL INSTRUCTION On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of three (3) days. LOOSE EQUIPMENT The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit: - One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit. NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 9.9.3 and 9.9.4 will be provided by the fire department. 81 of 95 • 800 ft (240 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose, in any combination. • 400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose, in any combination. • One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L /min) minimum. • Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L /min) minimum. • One (1) playpipe with shutoff and 1.00" (25 mm), 1.125" (29 mm), and 1.25" (32 mm) tips. • One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981 for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer. • One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s). • One (1) first aid kit. • Four (4) salvage covers, each a minimum size of 12 ft X 14 ft (3.6 in X 5.5 m). • Four (4) combination spanner wrenches. • Two (2) hydrant wrenches. • One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. • One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. • One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections. • Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983. • One (1) 150 ft (45 m) light -use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983. • One (1) 150 ft (45 m) general -use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983. • One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSFISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five -point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front. • Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro- reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro- reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the 6.00" (152 mm) band. • Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities. • One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED). • If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6. 82 of 95 • If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake. • If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake. SOFT SUCTION HOSE There will be no soft suction hose provided. DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 9.9.4 requires one (1) approved dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80 -B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher. WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 9.9.4 requires one (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher. FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 9.9.4 requires one (1) flathead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe. PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 9.9.4 requires one (1) pickhead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe. PAINT The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be 83 of 95 removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. 2. Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion. A final pure water rinse will be applied to all metal surfaces. 3. Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two - component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded. 4. Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra - smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat. 5. Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two - component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated. 6. Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment. 7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two - component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll -up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll -up doors will be provided by the roll -up door manufacture. Each batch of basecoat color is checked for a proper match before painting of the cab and the body. After the cab and body are painted, the color is verified again to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment is used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications are used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading is used to determine a good color match within each family color. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly. Pierce Manufacturing paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) meet or exceed the Cadillac /General Motors 84 of 95 GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels meet or exceed the 46 A.C.T.standard in critical areas. These requirements are met in order for the exterior paint finish to be considered acceptable. The Pierce Manufacturing written paint standards will be available upon request. The cab will be two -tone, with the upper section painted 410 white along with a shield design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted 457 red. PAINT - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT Contractor will meet or exceed all current State regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions: • Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free. • Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on -site to remove any other heavy metals. • Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99% efficiency factor • Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98.00 %. Water wash systems will be 99.97% efficient • Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean. • Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. • Empty metal paint containers will be to recover the metal. • Solvents used in clean -up operations will be recycled on -site or sent off -site for distillation and returned for reuse. Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his State EPA rules and regulations. PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted are: • Frame rails • Frame liners • Cross members • Axles • Suspensions 85 of 95 • Steering gear • Battery boxes • Bumper extension weldment • Frame extensions • Body mounting angles • Rear Body support substructure (front and rear) • Pump house substructure • Air tanks • Fuel tank • Castings • Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E -coat protection prior to paint: • Two (2) C- channel frame rails • Two (2) frame liners The E -coat process will meet the technical properties shown. PAINT, REAR WHEELS All wheel surfaces, inside and outside of inboard steel wheels only, will be provided with powder coat paint #101 black. HOT DIP GALVANIZED PUMP HOUSE AND RUNNING BOARD SUBSTRUCTURE The pump house and running board substructure will be treated through a hot dip galvanizing process. These components will be immersed in molten zinc to provide a coating that will help protect against the effects of corrosion. Hardware to assemble galvanized components will be Magni black coated. HOT DIP GALVANIZED BUMPER EXTENSION SUBSTRUCTURE The bumper extension substructure shall be treated through a hot dip galvanizing process. These components shall be immersed in molten zinc to provide a coating that shall help protect against the effects of corrosion. COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT The compartment interior will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks. WATER TOWER/LADDER PAINT The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 86 of 95 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot - blasted to remove metal impurities and prepare the aerial for painting. 2. Zinc Rich Primer - Zinc rich primer will be applied to the torque box and stabilizers. 3. Primer /Surfacer Coats - A two (2) component urethane primer /surfacer will be hand applied to the mechanically shot - blasted metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked with a two (2) component epoxy caulk before painting. 4. Hand Sanding - The primer /surfacer coat will be lightly sanded to a smooth finish. 5. Primer Coat - A two (2) component sealer primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer. 6. Topcoat Paint - Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching. 7. Clearcoat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied. Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the vendor. Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items. To ensure full coverage, of metal treatments and paint, to the exterior surfaces of the water tower /ladder, no components will be installed before painting. All exposed surfaces not being plated, stainless steel or aluminum, will be thoroughly cleaned and then treated with metal conditioner to ensure that the primer bonds to the metal. All surfaces will be carefully inspected before the finish coat is applied. The aerial device components will be painted as follows using the aforementioned seven (7) step finishing process: • Aerial device ladder sections: white 10 • Aerial turntable: white 10 • Aerial lift cylinders: white 10 • Aerial support structure, components below the rotation point and the stabilizers black 101 87 of 95 REFLECTIVE STRIPES Three (3) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a 1.00" white stripe at the top with a 1.00" gap then a 6.00" white stripe with a 1.00" gap and a 1.00" white stripe on the bottom. The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level REAR CHEVRON STRIPING There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear - facing vertical surface of the apparatus. Covered surfaces will include each side rear bulkhead and the center area below the low side compartment height. The remaining upper center area and any stainless steel access doors will not be covered. The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow diamond grade Each stripe will be 6.00" in width. This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping. REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS There will be a white reflective stripe provided on the lower portion of both aerial stabilizers. JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain two (2) jog(s) and will be angled at approximately a 45 degrees when installed. 2" REFLECTIVE STRIPE A 2.00" white reflective stripe will be provided match pumper close as possible. CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. LETTERING Sixty -one (61) to eighty (80) non - reflective vinyl lettering, 3.00" high, with highlight and shade will be provided. LETTERING Twenty -one (21) to forty (40) non - reflective vinyl lettering, 10.00" high, with highlight and shade will be provided. EMBLEM There will be two (2) emblem(s), approximately 15.00" - 17.00" wide in size, installed side of cab each side. The emblem will feature a "Flying American Flag" and an "Eagle Head ". FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided. The manual(s) will contain the following: • Job number • Part numbers with full descriptions • Table of contents • Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly • Parts section sorted in alphabetical order • Instructions on how to locate parts Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly. CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit. The manual will contain the following sections: • Job number • Table of contents • Troubleshooting • Front Axle /Suspension • Brakes • EngineTires • Wheels • Cab • Electrical, DC • Air Systems • Plumbing 89 of 95 • Appendix The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive. ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. ENGINE WARRANTY A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal. STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A TRW one (1) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal. FRONT AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor axle limited warranty certificate, WA0046, is included with this proposal. REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor axle limited warranty certificate, WA0046, is included with this proposal. ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor WabcoTMABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY A Pierce fifty four (54) month warranty will be provided for the camera system. COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY The compartment lights will not offer an extended warranty. 90 of 95 TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission will have a five (5) year /unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission. Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations. TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. WATER TANK WARRANTY A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Gortite roll -up door limited warranty will be provided. The mechanical components of the roll -up door will be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. A six (6) year limited warranty will be provided on painted and satin roll up doors. The limited warranty certificate, WA0190, is included with this proposal. PUMP WARRANTY A Hale pump limited warranty certificate, WA0248, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal. TWENTY (20) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA0052, is included with this proposal. AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY An Amity five (5) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY Aerial hydraulic system components will be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty. 91 of 95 HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY Aerial hydraulic seals will be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. A copy of the warranty certificates will be submitted with the bid package. AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY An Amity ten (10) year limited waterway warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. FOUR (4) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce aerial device limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0047, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce graphics fading and deterioration limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0168, is included with this proposal. VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real -time and high -speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below: 92 of 95 - European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29. - SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi- Static Loading Heavy Trucks. - SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks. - Roof Crush The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons. - Side Impact The same cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 13,275 -1b moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft -lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident. - Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft -lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420. - Additional Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft -lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420) The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap 93 of 95 and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria. CAB AIR CONDITIONING PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATION Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat - soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. AMP DRAW REPORT The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following: • Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. • A written load analysis, which will include the following: • The nameplate rating of the alternator. • The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: ■ Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). • The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: ■ Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). • Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. o Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). 94 of 95 95 of 95 Proposal Option List 4 C.29 d Customer: Representative Organization: Requirements Manager: Description: Body: Chassis: Monroe County Board of County Commissioners Bid Number: Schneider, Michael Job Number: Ten -8 Fire Equipment, Inc Number of Units: Bid Date: Monroe County 55 Sky Boom Stock Number: Aerial, Sky -Boom 61755', Alum Body Price Level: Enforcer Chassis, Aerials, Single Axle 693 1 03 -30 -2018 37 (Current: 37) Line Option Type Option Description Qty 1 0581830 Boiler Plates, Sky -Boom 55' 1 2 0018180 Single Source Compliance, Aerials 1 3 0600020 Manufacture Location, Appleton, Wisconsin, Specialty 1 4 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin 1 5 0588609 Vehicle Destination, US 1 6 0610784 Comply NFPA 1901 Changes Effective Jan 1, 2016, With Exceptions 1 7 0533351 Quint Fire Apparatus 1 8 0588612 Vehicle Certification, Aerial w /Pump 1 9 0681278 Agency, Apparatus Certification, Aerial w /Pump, U.L. 1 10 0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons 1 11 0529326 Bid Bond, 10 %, Pierce Built Chassis 1 12 0540326 Performance Bond, Not Requested 1 13 0000007 Approval Drawing 1 14 0002928 Electrical Diagrams 1 15 0624489 Enforcer Chassis, Aerials, Single Axle 1 16 0000110 Wheelbase 1 Wheelbase - 199.50 17 0000070 GVW Rating 1 GVW rating - 51,500 18 0649713 Frame Rails, 10.25" x 3.50" x .375 ", Saber FR /Enf 1 19 0620712 Frame Liner, Internal "C ", 9.38" x 3.13" x .25 ", w /Reinforcement,47 "Qval,SFR /Enf 1 20 0637708 Axle, Front, Meritor FL -941, 18,000 lb, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 21 0637879 Suspension, Front, Standens, Taper Leaf, 18,000 lb, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 22 0000321 Shock Absorbers on Front Axle, Monroe Magnum 65, Saber /Enforcer 1 23 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle 1 24 0011637 Tires, Front, Goodyear, G291, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply 1 25 0019575 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00 ", Aluminum, Hub Pilot 1 26 0603826 Axle, Rear, Meritor RS30 -185, 33,500 lb, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 27 0544253 Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH 1 28 0122073 Suspen, Rear, Standens, Spring, 33,500 lb, Imp /Vel /Dash CF /Enf 1 29 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle 1 30 0585004 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, G289 WHA, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply, Single 1 31 0019675 Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00 ", Aluminum - Steel, Hub Pilot, Single 1 32 0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads 1 33 0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring, RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap, Single Axle 1 Qty, Tire Pressure Ind - 6 34 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w /center hole, S /S, Front Axle 1 35 0001960 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S /S, High Hat (Pair) 1 36 0057936 Covers, Lug Nut, Chrome 1 37 0002045 Mud Flaps, w /logo front & rear 1 38 0601010 Chocks, Wheel, SAC -44 -E, Folding, Aerials 1 Qty, Pair - 01 39 0601009 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC -44 -E, Folding, Horizontal, Aerials 1 Qty, Pair - 01 Location, Wheel Chocks - Left Side Rear Tire, Forward 40 0010670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single rear axle 1 41 0508676 Brakes, Meritor, EX225, 17 ", Disc Plus, Front 1 42 0000740 Brakes, Meritor, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x 8.63" 1 43 0020784 Air Compressor, Brake, Cummins /Wabco 18.7 CFM 1 44 0637584 Brake Reservoirs, 5,376 Cubic Inch Minimum Capacity, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 4/2/2018 12:39 PM Bid #: 693 Packet Pg. 1266 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 45 0644228 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200 IWT, Heated, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 46 0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon 1 47 0000854 Air Inlet, w /Disconnect Coupling 1 Location, Air Coupling(s) - h) DS Pump Panel Qty, Air Coupling (s) - 1 48 0070810 All Wheel Lockup (Aerial /Tanker Chassis) 1 49 0795473 Engine, Cummins L9, 400 hp, 1250 lb-ft, W /OBD, EPA 2017, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 50 0001244 High Idle w /Electronic Engine, Custom 1 51 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine 1 Switch, Engine Brake - e) ISC /ISM /ISL9 /ISX Hi Med Lo 52 0644227 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 53 0640477 Air Intake, Metal Screen, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 54 0794761 Exhaust System, 4 ", 2017 L9 Engine, Horizontal, Right Side 1 55 0788765 Radiator, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 56 0001090 Cooling Hoses, Rubber 1 57 0051125 Fuel Tank, 75 Gallon, Left Side Fill, Qtm /AXT /Vel /Imp /DCF /SFR /Enf 1 58 0001129 Lines, Fuel 1 59 0595087 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Forward of Rear Axle 1 Door, Material & Finish, DEF Tank - Polished Stainless 60 0552793 Not Required, Fuel Priming Pump 1 61 0552712 Not Required, Shutoff Valve, Fuel Line 1 62 0699437 Cooler, Chassis Fuel, Not Req'd. 1 63 0642572 Trans, Allison 5th Gen, 3000 EVS P, w /Prognostics, Imp/Vel /DCF /SFR /Enf 1 64 0625329 Transmission, Shifter, 5 -Spd, Push Button, 3000 EVS 1 65 0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine, External 1 66 0027843 Fluid, 3000 Series Trans, Allison Approved TES -295 Synthetic, IPOS, Custom 1 67 0001370 Driveline, Spicer 1710 1 68 0635294 Steering, Single Gear, TRW TAS -85, w /tilt, Pump w/ Cooler, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 69 0605356 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without Controls, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 70 0690274 Logo /Emblem, on Dash 1 Text, Row (1) One - Monroe Text, Row (2) Two - County Text, Row (3) Three - Fire Rescue 71 0606441 Bumper, 19" Extended, Steel Painted, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 72 0640197 Tray, Hose, Center, 19" Bumper, Outside Air Horns 1 Grating, Bumper extension - Grating, Rubber Capacity, Bumper Tray - 20) 125' of 1.75" 73 0633479 Hose Restraint, Bumper Tray, Velcro Straps, Pair 1 Qty, Pair - 01 74 0614646 No Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel, AXT, SFR /Enf 1 75 0002270 Tow Hooks, Chrome 1 76 0698960 Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper, Outside Exterior, Line -X Coating, Black 1 77 0649716 Cab, Enforcer, 6010 1 78 0647919 Engine Tunnel, ISL, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 79 0633594 Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable Seating 1 80 0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 Material, Exterior Rear Wall - Aluminum Treadplate 81 0644201 Cab Lift, Elec /Hyd, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 82 0695930 Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab, Dash CF /Enforcer 1 83 0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band, Across Cab Face, AXT /Dash CF /Saber /Enforcer 1 84 0087357 Molding, Chrome on Side of Cab 1 85 0521669 Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style, Htd /Rmt, w /Htd /Rmt Convex 1 86 0648170 Door, Half- Height, Saber FR /Enforcer 4 -Door Cab, Raised Roof 1 Key Model, Cab Doors - 751 87 0655543 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel, Saber /Enforcer 4 -Door Cab 1 88 0528958 Not Required, Controls, Electric Window, AXT, Quantum, Saber, Enforcer, Dash CF 1 89 0638310 Steps, 4 -Door Cab, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 Step Well Material - Aluminum Treadplate 90 0769003 Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4 -Door Cab 1 91 0634786 Lights, Cab and Crew Cab Access Steps, P25, LED w /Bezel, 1 Lt Per Step 61ts 1 92 0002141 Fenders, s/s on cab - Saber /Enforcer 1 4/2/2018 12:39 PM Bid #: 693 Packet Pg. 1267 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 93 0637984 Window, Side of C /C, Fixed, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 94 0012090 Not Required, Windows, Front/Side of raised roof 1 95 0779033 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew Cab, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 96 0634206 Mounting Provisions, 1/4" Alum, Full Engine Tunnel, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 Mounting Provision Spacing - .75" Material Finish, Cab Interior - Painted 97 0797212 Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber FR /Enforcer, CARE 1 Color, Cab Interior Vinyl /Fabric - a) Silver /Gray Engine Tunnel Cover - Painted Cab Interior Rear Wall Material - Painted Aluminum 98 0012430 Cab Interior, paint color 1 Color, Cab Interior Paint - b) black 99 0052100 Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew Cab, Saber /Enforcer 1 100 0618375 Defroster, No Heater, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 101 0644194 Air Conditioning, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 102 0639675 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT, Dash CF, Imp /Vel, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 Sun Visor Retention - No Retention 103 0634328 Grab Handles, Driver and Officer Door Posts, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 104 0583938 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Win 3SCOCDCR, 3" LED, Trim 1 Qty, - 01 105 0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber FR /Enforcer, Arrow XT 1 106 0002501 Map box, 4 bin /30 Deg Slant, Custom Chassis 1 Location - at final 107 0583039 Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal Impact Protection 1 108 0622617 Seating Capacity, 6 Seats 1 109 0636957 Seat, Driver, Pierce PSV, Air Ride, High Back, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 110 0636946 Seat, Officer, Pierce PSV, Fixed, SCBA, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 111 0620420 Radio Compartment, Below Non -Air Ride Seat, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 112 0632852 Seat, Rear Facing C /C, DS Outboard, Pierce PSV, SCBA, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 113 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C /C, Center 1 114 0632848 Seat, Rear Facing C /C, PS Outboard, Pierce PSV, SCBA, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 115 0108189 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing C /C, DS Outboard 1 116 0629498 Cabinet, EMS, Forward Facing, Center, 44 W x 50 H x 18 D, Roll, Saber FR /Enf 1 Door, EMS Cabinet - Amdor Roll Up, Locking, Anodized Light, Tall EMS Compt - Amdor, Left Side 117 0108190 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing C /C, PS Outboard 1 118 0589269 Shelf, Adjustable, EMS Compt, .75" Lip 1 Location - EMS compt Qty, Shelf - 01 119 0042359 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl, CARE 6 Color, Cab Interior Vinyl /Fabric - a) Silver /Gray Qty, - 06 120 0557922 Bracket, Air Bottle, Zico, QM- ROLO -SA, Rol -Loc Style 5 Qty, - 05 121 0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor, ReadyReach, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 Seat Belt Color - Red 122 0602464 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA 2016 1 123 0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts 1 Color, Dome Lt - Red & White Color, Dome Lt Bzl - Black Control, Dome Lt White - Door Switches and Lens Switch Control, Dome Lt Color - Lens Switch 124 0555813 HandIts, (4) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, 44451, C4 LED, Tail Lts, 12v, Orange 1 Location, Portable Hand Light - top ems 125 0644187 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 Emergency Switching - Individual Switches 126 0002544 Air Restriction Indicator - Pierce Chassis 1 127 0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus 1 Alarm, Do Not Move Truck - Pulsing Alarm 128 0637359 Not Required, Door Open Indicator w /Do Not Move Truck Light, Enf /Saber FR 1 129 0632738 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower Console & Overhead, Rocker, Enforcer 1 130 0644179 Wiper Control, 2 -Speed with Intermittent, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 4/2/2018 12:39 PM Bid #: 693 Packet Pg. 1268 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 131 0002565 Hourmeter, Aerial Inside Cab 1 132 0002615 Switch, Aerial 12V Master 1 133 0002617 PTO switch, w /light - aerial 1 134 0548013 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 2nd 2 Qty, - 02 12vdc power from - Battery direct Wire termination - 10 -Place Bus Bar w /Cover Location - rear wall center, one in ems 135 0548004 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st 3 Qty, - 03 12vdc power from - Battery direct Wire termination - Butt Splice Location, Spare Wiring - Officer Dash 136 0636439 Wiring, Spare, 37.5 A 12V DC, Cust Install Radio, 30A Bat Dir, 7.5A Ign & Grnd 1 Qty, - 01 Location - center overhead 137 0012668 Swivel Mount for Customer Installed Radio 1 Location - center overhead Qty, - 1 138 0610240 Vehicle Data Recorder w /Seat Belt Monitor 1 139 0696439 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis, Cable Routed to Instrument Panel Area 1 Qty, - 01 Location, Antenna Mount - Right Side 140 0653530 Camera, Pierce, 7" LCD, R, RS, LS Cameras 1 Location, Camera Monitor - Driver Side Dash 141 0624241 Electrical Power /Signal Protection & Control, Enforcer 1 142 0624256 Electrical System, Enforcer Hard Wired 1 143 0079166 Batteries, (4) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA ea, Threaded Stud 1 144 0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All Custom Chassis 1 145 0002698 Battery Compartment, Saber /Enforcer 1 146 0531315 Charger, Sngl Sys, IOTA, DSL -75, 75 Amp, Kussmaul 091 -94 -12 Ind, Qtm /Enf /SFR 1 147 0012782 Location, Charger, Front Left Side Body Compartment 1 Location, Battery Chrgr /Cmpr - High On Left Wall 148 0530949 Location, Battery Charger Indicator, Driver's Seat Riser 1 149 0016857 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto Eject, 091 -55 -20 -120, Super 1 Qty, - 01 Color, Kussmaul Cover - d) yellow Shoreline Connection - Battery Charger 150 0026800 Shoreline Location 1 Location, Shoreline(s) - DS Cab Side 151 0121711 Alternator, 320 amp, Leece - Neville 4962PA, Sgl Sys 1 152 0644176 Load Manager, Integrated In Electrical System, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 153 0648596 Headlights, Rectangular Halogen, AXT /Dash CF /Saber /Enforcer 1 154 0775055 Light, Directional, Win C6T* LED Arrow, Common Bzl, Above Headlts,Sab /Enf 1 Color, Lens, LED's - Clear 155 0620054 Light, Directional /Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186- 8580 -29 LED 21ts 1 156 0647802 Lights, Clearance /Marker /ID, Front, P25 LED 5 Lts, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 157 0647899 Lights, Directional /Marker, Cab Front Side, Weldon 9186- 8580 -29 LED, Sab /Enf 1 158 0627282 Lights, Clearance /Marker /ID, Rear, FRP LED Bar & P25 LED 4Lts 1 159 0034799 Lights, Tail, Weldon 3884 - 0100 -2* Tri -Lamp Cluster, LED Stp /Tail, Turn & Inc Bkp 1 160 0671481 Not Required, Backup Lights, Included With Tail Light Option 1 161 0664481 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED 1 162 0565854 Light, Brake /Tail, Win M6BTT, Third Lt 1 Location - match last unit 163 0589905 Alarm, Back -up Warning, PRECO 1040 1 164 0769569 Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY- LB- 12HW012 LED 4Dr 1 Z location - 165 0616648 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, TecNiq T10- LC00 -1 15" LED 11t 1 166 0769560 Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY- LB- 12HW012 LED 21ts, Rear Step 1 Control, Perimeter Lts - Cab Doors Open 167 0556360 Lights, Step, P25 LED 41ts, Pump Pnl Sw 1 4/2/2018 12:39 PM Bid #: 693 Packet Pg. 1269 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 168 0698585 Lights, Side Scene, Wln M9LZC Gradient LED 2nd 2 Location, Lights - one each side front of body Qty, - 02 Switch, Lt Control 1 DC,1 - a) DS Switch Panel Switch, Lt Control 2 DC,2 - f) Pump Operator's Panel Switch, Lt Control 3 DC,3 - d) No Control Switch, Lt Control 4 DC,4 - d) No Control 169 0618298 Light, Visor, FRC, 12V SPA851- Q20 -*, LED Warn 1st 1 Qty, - 01 Location, driver's /passenger's /center - centered Switch, Lt Control 1 DC,1 - a) DS Switch Panel Switch, Lt Control 2 DC,2 - e) No Control Switch, Lt Control 3 DC,3 - d) No Control Control, Front Scene Warning - b) Roof Light Sw Color, FRC /Rom Lt Housing - FRC, White 170 0689891 Lights, Deck, Wln (2) PFBP12C LED Rear Flood Lights 1 Switch, Scene Lt Cntrl - h)switch at rear 171 0645676 Lights, Not Required, Hose Bed, Deck Lights At Rear 1 172 0645681 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Deck Lights At Rear 1 173 0645637 Lights, Rear Scene, Wln, PELCC LED, 45 Deg Flange 2 Location, Lights - rear bulkhead Qty, - 02 Control, Rear Scene Lts - Cab Switch Panel DS and Body Switch, DS Rear Bulkhead 174 0709438 Light, Walking Surface, FRP Flood, LED 1 175 0011270 Aerial, Sky -Boom 61755', Alum Body 1 176 0554269 Body Skirt Height, 18" 1 177 0002596 SP Tank, Water, 750 Gallon, Poly, Sky -Boom 1 178 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly 1 179 0028104 Foam Cell Required 1 180 0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill 1 181 0003477 Alum Hose Bed Construction, Sky -Boom 1 182 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special 1 Capacity, Hosebed - 1000'5" 300 2.5" 183 0604069 Hose Restraint, Two (2) Hose Beds, Aerial, Front Strap, 1" Heavy Nylon Web Rear 1 184 0003513 Running Boards, Sky -Boom 1 185 0689408 Tailboard, Sky -Boom 1 186 0690021 Wall, Rear, Body Material, Sky -Boom 1 187 0013549 Tow Hooks, Painted, (2), Sky -Boom 1 188 0013643 Construction, Compt, Alum, Sky -Boom 1 189 0033492 Compt, DS FH Frt/Rr, Roll -ups, Sky -Boom 1 190 0046419 Compt, PS FH Frt/Rr, Roll, No HLR, Sky -Boom 1 191 0693020 Doors, Gortite, Roll -up, Side Compartments 7 Qty, Door Accessory - 07 Color, Roll -up Door, Gortite - Satin finish Latch, Roll -up Door, Gortite - Locking, 1250, Match Compartments 192 0660487 Lights, Compt, Amdor AY -9220 LED, Single Light Strip 8 Qty, - 08 193 0603420 Shelf Tracks, Painted, Aerial 6 Qty, Shelf Track - 06 Location, Shelf Track - D3, D1, P1, P3, D4 and P4 194 0600289 Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full Width /Depth, Predefined Locations, Aerial 8 Qty, Shelf - 08 Material Finish, Shelf - Painted - Spatter Gray Location, Shelves /Trays, Predefined - .Location To Be Determined 195 0603763 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide -Out, 5001b, 2.00" Sides, 2G Aerial 4 Qty, - 04 Location, Tray Slide -Out, Floor Mounted - D1, P1, P4 and D4 Material Finish, Tray - Painted - Spatter Gray 196 0540317 Toolboard, Swing -out, Alum, .188 ", Peg Board 1 Qty - 1 Location, Pivot - Front Mounting, Toolboard - Stationary 4/2/2018 12:39 PM Bid #: 693 Packet Pg. 1270 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 196 Finish, Pegboard /Toolboard - Painted - Spatter Gray Location, Folding Ladder - Ladder Compartment, Sky Boom 208 0789564 Location, Toolboard - D2 197 0656031 Compt, Backboard Storage, Over Pump 1 Size, Backboard - 17x72x2 210 0024388 No Steps Required, Front Of Body 1 Door, Material & Finish, Storage - Polished S/S Steps, Rear of Body, Sky -Boom 1 212 0632339 Latch, Door, Storage - Lift and Turn Latch, Pair 213 0014441 Pump, Hale, QMAX -150, 1500 GPM, Single Stage 1 Qty, Backboard Troughs - 2 Seal, Mechanical, Hale 1 215 0014477 Location, BB /Stokes /Long Tool Storage Over Pump - Forward, Crosslays 216 0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only 1 Access, Backboard /Stokes /Long Tool Compt - Both Pump Shift, Air w/o Manual Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Hale 1 198 0004016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side of Body 1 199 0510626 Fender Crowns, Rear, S /S, Wider Than Std. 1 200 0519849 Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction 1 201 0626229 Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per Print 1 202 0004126 Handrails, Beavertail, Standard 1 203 0004225 Ladder, 24' Duo - Safety 900A 2- Section 1 204 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo - Safety 775A Roof 1 205 0024233 Not Required, Attic Extension Ladder 1 206 0633666 Ladders, Roof & Extn, Btwn Tank & Side Sht, Smooth Alum Door w/D -ring, Raised 1 Inlet, Left Side, 2.50" 1 PH Not Required, Inlet, Right Side 1 4/2/2018 12:39 PM Bid #: 693 Packet Pg. 1271 Location - PS 207 0014246 Ladder, 10' Duo - Safety Folding 585A, Sky -Boom 1 Location, Folding Ladder - Ladder Compartment, Sky Boom 208 0789564 Pike Pole, 8' DUO Safety, Fiberglass, Aerial 2 Qty, - 02 209 0789566 Pike Pole, 6' DUO Safety, Fiberglass, Aerial 2 Qty, - 02 210 0024388 No Steps Required, Front Of Body 1 211 0054389 Steps, Rear of Body, Sky -Boom 1 212 0632339 Dry Chemical System Not Required 1 213 0014441 Pump, Hale, QMAX -150, 1500 GPM, Single Stage 1 214 0014482 Seal, Mechanical, Hale 1 215 0014477 Trans, Pump, Hale, Gear 1 216 0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only 1 217 0604308 Pump Shift, Air w/o Manual Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Hale 1 218 0003148 Transmission Lock -up, EVS 1 219 0004547 Auxiliary Cooling System 1 220 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Stage Pump 1 221 0777622 Valve, Relief Intake, Elkhart, w /Pressure Features 1 Pressure Setting - 125 psig 222 0794959 Controller, Pressure, Pierce, Pump Boss, PBA300 1 223 0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated 1 224 0780364 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic Copies 1 225 0602512 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose, Single Stage Pump, Control Zone 1 226 0795135 Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w /Foam System 1 227 0004645 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger Pump 1 228 0004646 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle, NST, VLH 1 229 0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All 1 230 0004660 Inlet, Left Side, 2.50" 1 231 0029147 Not Required, Inlet, Right Side 1 232 0016158 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl, "Control Zone" 1 Qty, Inlets - 1 233 0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve 1 234 0544957 Inlet, 4" to 6" Front, 5" S/S Plumbing, w /Bleeder Valve, Saber, AXT, Imp, Vel 1 Inlet, Size - Six Drain, Suction - Swing Handle 235 0014823 Control, Front Inlet, Electric, w /Indicator Lights 1 236 0009620 Intake Relief Valve, Front Inlet 1 237 0004788 Cap, Front Inlet, Long Handle, VLH 1 238 0048644 Swivel, Smooth Chrome, 6.00" Front Inlet 1 Inlet Bleeder - Quarter -Turn Bleeder 239 0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested 1 240 0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet 1 4/2/2018 12:39 PM Bid #: 693 Packet Pg. 1271 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C•29.d 241 0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required 1 242 0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required on Rear Inlet 1 243 0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested 1 244 0563738 Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet, Swing Handle 1 245 0029043 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00" Plumbing 1 246 0004905 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50" 1 247 0004940 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50" 2 Qty, Discharges - 02 248 0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side Additional 1 249 0004945 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50" 1 Qty, Discharges - 01 250 0005030 Outlet, Right Side, 3.00" w /3.00" Plumbing (added) 1 Qty, Discharges - 01 251 0029137 Not Required, Outlet, Large Diameter 1 A 252 0649939 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w /2.00" Plumbing 1 Fitting, Outlet - 1.50" NST with 90 degree swivel Drain, Front Outlet - Automatic Location, Front, Single - top of left bumper 253 0004995 Outlet, Rear, 2.50" 1 Qty, Discharges - 01 Location, Outlet - b) driver's side 254 0092574 Not Required, Outlet, Rear, Additional 1 255 0092573 Not Required, Outlet, Hose Bed /Running Board Tray 1 256 0085076 Caps for 1.50" to 3.00" Discharge, VLH 1 257 0563739 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, Swing Handle 1 258 0005091 Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH 1 CL 259 0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side Outlets, Additional 1 260 0025091 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH 1 261 0035102 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45 Degree, 3.00" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH, Additional 2 Qty, Discharges - 02 262 0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH 1 CL 263 0085695 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets, Large, Additional 1 264 0007308 Not Required, Elbow, Large Diameter Outlet 1 265 0062133 Control, Outlets, Manual, Pierce HW if applicable 1 CL 266 0029106 Not Required, Deluge Outlet 1 CL 267 0029302 No Monitor Requested 1 CD 268 0029304 No Nozzle Req'd 1 CD 269 0029107 No Deluge Mount 1 CL CL 270 0541084 Waterway Outlet & Control, 4.00" Elkhart Unibody, Handwheel 1 271 0029167 Crosslays Sngl Sheet Unpainted, (2 +) 1.50 ", Std. Cap 2 Qty, Crosslays - 2 272 0090442 Crosslays Sngl Sheet Unpainted, (1) 2.50" Std Cap 1 273 0029260 Not Required, Speedlays 1 274 0591145 Hose Restraint, Crosslay /Deadlay, Top and Ends, Elastic Netting 2 Qty, - 02 275 0019853 Crosslays, 8.00" Lower Than Standard - Control Zone w /9.00" Raised PH 1 276 0015412 Foam Sys, Akron Eductor 3126 -125 (Single Agent) 1 Discharge - front outlet 277 0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor 1 278 0552517 Not Required, Refill, Foam Tank 1 279 0079708 Foam Outlet, 1.50" 1 Location - DS pump panel 280 0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer Provided 1 281 0020148 Foam Cell, 30 Gallon, Reduce Water 1 Type of Foam - Class "B" Foam, Brand Name - tbd 282 0091036 Drain, 1.00" Foam Tank #1 1 283 0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 1 284 0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain 1 285 0620530 Pump House, Side Control, 52 ", Control Zone, Aerial 1 286 0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control Zone 1 287 0562698 Step, Slide- Out/Fold -Out, Pump Operator Platform, Aerial 1 4/2/2018 12:39 PM Bid #: 693 Packet Pg. 1272 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.29.d 288 0667186 Light, Slide -Out Pump Operator Step, On Scene Solutions Access LED, Short Step 1 289 0635355 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control Painted FormCoat Black 1 Material Finish, Pump Panel, Side Control - Painted Form Coat Black Material, Pump Panel, Side Control - Aluminum 290 0005578 Panel, Pump Access - Pass Side Only 1 291 0035501 Pump House Structure, Std Height 1 292 0583824 Light, Pump Compt, WIn 3SCOCDCR LED White 1 Qty, - 01 293 0586382 Gauges, Engine, Included With Pressure Controller 1 294 0005601 Throttle Included w/ Pressure Controller 1 295 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 1 296 0511078 Gauges, 4.00" Master, Class 1, 30 "- 0- 600psi 1 297 0511100 Gauge, 2.00" Pressure, Class 1, 30 "- 0- 400psi 1 298 0062586 Gauge, Water Level, Class 1, Pierce Std 1 A 299 0062992 Gauge, Foam Level, (1) Tank, Class 1, 51t 1 300 0663944 Light Shield /Step 8" LED, P25 LED Stp Lt, Parking Brake Activation 1 301 0606697 Air Horns, (2) Grover, In Bumper 1 302 0606834 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos #2 & #6) 1 303 0016065 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring, PS Chrome Push Button 1 304 0525667 Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200 Watt 1 305 0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed Overhead In Console 1 Location, Elec Siren - Overhead, DS Inside Sw Pnl 306 0006145 Control, Elec Siren, Horn Ring, PS Foot Sw 1 307 0601306 Speaker, (1) WIn, SA315P, w /Pierce Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100 watt 1 Connection, Speaker - siren head 308 0601555 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper, Recessed, Left Side, Outside Frame,Outbrd (Pos 7) 1 CL 309 0016080 Siren, Federal Q213 1 310 0006095 Siren, Mechanical, Mounted Above Deckplate 1 J Location, Siren, Mech - b) right 311 0026164 Control, Mech Siren, Horn Ring, Push Button on PS Instrument Panel 1 312 0606715 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV -Q, 2- 21.5 ", RRRRR RRRRR 1 CL Filter, Whl Freedom Ltbrs - No Filters _ 313 0016380 No Additional Lights Req'd, Side Zone Upper 1 CL 314 0540384 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, in Common Bzl 1 Color, Lt DS Front - Red CL Color, Lt PS Front - Red CD CD 315 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating 1 CL Headlt flash deactivation - a)w /high beam CL 316 0540692 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, 3pr, Ovr 25 1 Location, Lights Front Side - b)each side bumper Color, Lt Side Front - Red Color, Lt Side Middle - Red Color, Lt Side Rear - Red Location, Lights Mid Side - Rearward of Crew Cab Doors Location, Lights Rear Side - Between Tandem 317 0540774 Lights, Side, WIn M9*C LED, Clear Lens 2 Location, Lights - upper each side of cab Qty, - 02 Color, Lights, Warning - gla) red 318 0540783 Lights, Rear Zone Lower, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens 1 Color, Lt DS Rear - r) DS Rear Lt Red Color, Lt PS Rear - r) PS Rear Lt Red 319 0541155 Lights, Rear /Side Up Zone, WIn M9*C LED, Clear Lens 41ts 1 Color, Lt, Side Rear Upper DS - Side Rear Upper Red Color, Lt, Side Rear Upper PS - Side Rear Upper Red Color, Lt, Rear Upper DS - r) DS Rear Upper Red Color, Lt, Rear Upper PS - r) PS Upper Rear Red 320 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper Zone Blocking 1 321 0023717 Electrical System, A/C w /Customer Installed Generator 1 322 0016691 Generator, Cust /Sales Rep Furnished (Installed by F.D.) 1 Fill in Blank - D1 Honda 323 0066645 Generator Mounting Location by Customer 1 Location, Generator - D1 4/2/2018 12:39 PM Bid #: 693 Packet Pg. 1273 Line Option Type Option Description Qty C.29.d 324 0016751 Manual Start, Generator 1 325 0016757 Not Required, Remote Start, Generator 1 326 0006745 Pump, Fuel, w /Pick -Up Tube for Generator 1 327 0016767 Not Required, Oil Drain Extension, Generator 1 328 0016771 Not Required, Routing Exhaust, Generator 1 329 0006737 Circuit Breaker Panel w /Cust or Dealer Furn Generator 1 Location, CB Panel - D1 Make /Model - Honda EU3000 330 0121132 Light, FRC, 750W 120V, FCA642 -S75, Tripod, Focus 2 Location, 120/240 Volt Lt - back of cab one each side Qty, 120/240 Volt Light - 2 Type of Electrical Plug - d) 20 amp 120 volt twist -lock 331 0006825 Reel, Elect Cable, Hannay, 1600, (3) Wire 1 Qty, Cord Reels - 1 Reel Guide - a) Nylatron guide Finish, Reel - Painted Gray Location, Electric Cord Reel - R1, High & Right, 1 Reel _ 332 0006827 Cord, Electric, 12/3 Yellow, 3 Wire 1 Lengths of Elect Cord - 1 Feet of Yellow Cord - e)200 Connection, Cord - Hubbell 20A 120V Twst Lock 333 0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool System 1 334 0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic Tool System 1 335 0649750 Not Required, Hydraulic Reels 1 336 0015687 Aerial, 55' Sky -Boom 1 337 0000042 Boom Support, Rear of the Chassis Cab 1 L 338 0787563 Light, Boom Support, Truck -Lite Model 19206, Incandescent 1 339 0799560 Boom Support Compartment, Not Required 1 340 0680821 Boom Panel, Pair 1 Paint Color, Predefined - #10 white 341 0526894 Indicator, Extension, Vinyl, Sky -Boom 1 CL Color - 1) black 342 0592991 Steps, Folding, Two, Aerial Device, Trident 1 Coating, Step - black CL 343 0601949 Light, Turntable Console, TecNiq T -10, LED Strip Light 1 L CL 344 0056911 Control Station, Rear, Direct Hydraulic, Sky -Boom (std) 1 345 0199153 Stabilizers, One Set, Sky -Boom 1 CD Material, Stabilizer Pad - Composite CL 3 46 0548895 No Door, Stabilizer Control Box 1 CL 347 0596606 Hydraulic System, Sky -Boom 1 348 0031881 Swivels, Sky -Boom (28 Collector Rings) 1 349 0687591 Lights, Unity AG -S -7682 Halogen On Ladder 4Lts 1 350 0660214 Lights, Not Required, No Stabilizers 1 351 0006929 Not Required, 120v To Tip 1 352 0594648 Intercom, 2 -Way Fire Research ICA900 Hands Free 1 353 0540933 Not Required, Breathing Air to Tip, Sky -Boom 1 354 0024742 Not Required, Mask, Breathing Air To Tip 1 355 0056927 Raised Pedestal, Sky -Boom 1 356 0542622 Turntable Access, Fold Down Handrail, Sky -Boom 1 357 0046903 Water System /Ladder, Sky -Boom 1 358 0606373 Monitor, Akron 3350 Tuckaway w/5177 Nozzle, Sky -Boom 1 359 0066973 Flowminder, Class 1, Waterway (Sky -Boom) 1 360 0017683 Inlet /Outlet, One (1) 4.00" at Rear, Sky -Boom 1 361 0056944 Valve, Butterfly, Handwheel, Waterway, Sky -Boom 1 362 0559495 Manuals and Training, 3 Days, Sky -Boom 1 363 0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts 1 Qty, Bag Nuts and Bolts - 1 364 0602497 NFPA Required Loose Equipment, Quint, NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire Department 1 365 0519913 Not Required, Soft Suction Hose 1 366 0027023 No Strainer Required 1 367 0602534 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Quint NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire Department 1 368 0602352 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized Water, Quint, NFPA 2016,Provided by Fire Dept 1 4/2/2018 12:39 PM Bid #: 693 Packet Pg. 1274 Line Option Type Option Description Qty 369 0007482 Not Required, Crowbars 1 370 0007484 Not Required, Claw Tools 1 371 0602883 Axe, Flathead, Quint NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire Department 1 372 0602670 Axe, Pickhead, Quint NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire Department 1 373 0007494 Not Required, Sledgehammers 1 374 0559682 Paint, Two Tone, Cab, w /Shield, Custom Cab 1 Paint Color, Predefined - 457 red Paint Color, Upper Area, Predefined - #10 White 375 0646901 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With Liner, E -Coat, Standard 1 Paint Color, Frame Assembly, Predefined - Standard Black 376 0693797 No Paint Required, Aluminum Front Wheels 1 377 0687653 Paint, Rear Wheels, Single Axle, Alum -Stl 1 Paint, Wheels - Black #101 378 0778956 Coating, Hot Dip Galvanized, Pump House and Running Board Substructure 1 379 0617551 Coating, Hot Dip Galvanized, Substructure, Bumper Extension 1 380 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray 1 381 0770216 Sky -Boom Paint 1 Paint Color, Aerial Device -White 10 Paint Color, Turntable - White 10 Paint Color, Cylinders -white 10 Paint Color, Aerial Stabilizers - black 101 382 0544129 Reflective Band, 1 " -6 " -1" 1 Color, Reflect Band - A - a) white Color, Reflect Band - B - 1) white Color, Reflect Band - C - w) white 383 0007356 Reflective across Cab Face 1 384 0543756 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond Grade, Sky -Boom 1 Color, Rear Chevron DG - fluorescent yellow 385 0598032 Stripe, Reflective /Diamond Grade, Stabilizers, SkyBoom 1 Color, Reflect Band - A - a) white 386 0027341 Jog, In Reflective Stripe, Single or Multiple 2 Qty, - 02 387 0027345 Stripe, Reflective, 2" Additional 1 Location - match pumper close as possible Color, Reflect Band - A - a) white 388 0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior 1 Color, Reflective - a) white 389 0033179 Lettering Specifications, Reflective 1 390 0684073 Lettering, Vinyl, 3.00 ", (61 -80) 1 Outline, Lettering - Highlight and Shade 391 0684011 Lettering, Vinyl, 10.00 ", (21 -40) 1 Outline, Lettering - Highlight and Shade 392 0666414 Emblem, Freedom Flag, Each 2 Qty, - 02 Location, Emblem - side of cab each side Size, Flag - 15" - 17" 393 0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB Flash Drive, Custom 1 Qty, - 01 394 0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash Drive, Custom 1 Qty, - 01 395 0773381 Manual, Chassis Operation, One (1) USB Flash Drive, Custom 1 396 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus, WA0008 1 397 0595239 (No Pick Required) 1 398 0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year, WA0181 1 399 0684952 Warranty, Steering Gear, TRW Ross TAS, 1 Year WA0202 1 400 0596017 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom Chassis, WA0013 1 401 0777373 Warranty, Axle, 2 Year, Meritor, General Service, WA0328 1 402 0777368 Warranty, Axle, 2 Year, Meritor, General Service, WA0328 1 403 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232 1 404 0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom Cab, WA0012 1 405 0595813 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro -Rate, WA0055 1 406 0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System, WA0188 1 4/2/2018 12:39 PM Bid #: 693 Packet Pg. 1275 ; Line Option Type Option Description Qty 407 0708760 Warranty, Not Applicable, LED Strip Lights 1 408 0046369 Warranty, 5 -year EVS Transmission, Standard Custom, WA0187 1 409 0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler, WA0216 1 410 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF, Poly Tank, WA0195 1 411 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body, WA0009 1 412 0693127 Warranty, Gortite, Roll -up Door, 6 Year, WA0190 1 413 0639211 Warranty, Pump, Hale, 5 Year Parts, 2 Year Labor, WA0248 1 414 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing, WA0035 1 415 0641372 Warranty, Foam System, Not Available 1 416 0006999 Warranty, Structure, 20 Year, Aerial Device, WA0052 1 417 0687388 Warranty, Swivels, 5 Year, Aerial Device, WA0197 1 418 0685727 Warranty, Hydraulic System and Components, 3 Year /5 Year, WA0200 1 419 0687327 Warranty, Waterway, 10 Year, Aerial Device, WA0198 1 420 0595860 Warranty, Paint, 4 Year, Aerial Device, Pro - Rated, WA0047 1 421 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro -Rate, WA0057 1 422 0595412 Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1 Year, Apparatus, WA0168 1 423 0683627 Certification, Vehicle Stability, CD0156 1 424 0777618 Certification, Engine Installation, Saber FR /Enf, Cummins L9, 1 2017,CD0155/CD0158 425 0686786 Certification, Power Steering, CD0098 1 426 0631980 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber FR /Enforcer, CD0130 1 427 0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability, Saber FR /Enforcer, CD0137 1 428 0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper Durability, Saber FR /Enforcer, CD0132 1 429 0556828 Certification, Electric Window, Not Available 1 430 0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and Mounting, Saber FR /Enforcer, CD0134 1 431 0631975 Certification, Cab Defroster, Saber FR /Enforcer 1 432 0631971 Certification, Cab Air Conditioning Performance, Saber FR /Enforcer, CD0135 1 433 0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current Edition 1 434 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance 1 435 0799248 Appleton /Florida BTO 1 436 0000088 SKY PRODUCTS 1 437 0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS 1 438 0004713 ENGINE, OTHER 1 439 0046395 EVS 3000 Series TRANSMISSION 1 440 0020012 HALE PUMP 1 441 0020009 POLY TANK 1 442 0028087 EDUCTOR FOAM SYSTEM 1 443 0020006 SIDE CONTROL 1 444 0020007 AKRON VALVES 1 445 0020014 FRONT SUCTION 1 446 0020015 ABS SYSTEM 1 447 0658751 Manufacturing Attribute 1 4/2/2018 12:39 PM Bid #: 693 Packet Pg. 1276 Equipment Proposal This Equipment Proposal (the "Proposal") has been prepared by Ten-8 Fire Equipment, Inc. ("Company") in response to the undersigned Customer's request for a proposal, This Proposal is comprised of the special terms set forth below, the Proposal Option List, Warranty, and Company's Purchasing Terms and Conditions. Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined below), Customer acknowledges having received, read and being bound by this Proposal, all attachments and Company's Purchasing Terms and Conditions. Date: March 2, 2418 ("Proposal Date") Customer: Monroe County Florida (`'Customer ") Customer Address: Marathon, F1 Quantity Product Descripflon & Options Price I FSA Spec 09 Enforcer aerial truck base unit $651,538.00 Monroe County added options FSA $7,772.00 Pierce 6.5% option roll back ($505.00) Total unit $658,805.00 Pierce multi order factory discount ($15,500.00) Purchase Price: $643,305.00 Delivery Timing: The Product described above in the Product Description and Options Section of this document will be built by and shipped from the manufacturer approximately 12 (months) after Company receives Customer's acceptance of this Proposal as defined below. Other: PRICING GOOD TO APRIL 30 2018 Unless accepted within 25 days from date of proposal, the right is reserved to withdraw this proposal. ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN COMPANY AND CUSTOMER. "ACCEPTANCE" MEANS THAT CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO COMPANY: (A) A PROPOSAL SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE, OR (B) A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THIS PROPOSAL, WHICH IS DULY APPROVED, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, BY CUSTOMER'S GOVERNING BOARD. ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL IS EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS PROPOSAL AND COMPANY'S PURCHASING TERMS AND CONDITIONS. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER'S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED. INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and Company have each caused this Proposal to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of date of the fast signature below. Customer: Monroe County, Florida By: _ Title: Print: Ten�B Fire Equipment, In Title: Authorized Sales Representative — A Print; j Date: Date: ( / a / (a (Florida) PURCHASING TERMS AND CONDITIONS These Purchasing Terrn and Conditions, together with t Equipment Proposa and all attachments (collectively t ~A&nmnoent) are entered into bvuodb�vn�oTom-8����o i otFlorida ~ Equipment, Inc., u corporation ("Company") and Customer (as defined in Ten-8 Fire Equipment, Inc.'s Equipment Proposal document) and is effective as of the date specified in Seuhuo 3 of these Purchasing Terms and Conditions. Both Company and Customer mqy&e referred throughout this docurnent individually as a "party" or collectively as the "parties." u- "Acceptance" has the same meaning setforth in Company's Equipment Proposal. b. °Compuoy`u Equipment Proposal" means the Equipment Proposal provided by Company and prepared [n response to Customer's request for proposal for a fire apparatus, associated equipment or an ambulance. c. "Cooperative Purchasing Contract" mcuno an Agreement bm1*ceo Company and o public authority, including without limitation, u depmrtonuut, division, agency of municipal, county or state government ("Public Authority"), that adopts or participates in an existing agreement between Company and another non- party customer (including, but not limited to such non-party customer's equipment proposal, its applicable exhibits, attachments and purchasing terms and oonditioom). often referred tomua "piggyback omaoQemoni," which ia expressly oAreedto. in writing, byCompany. Company has sole discretion mmde$onnine whether it will agree to such m Cooperative Purchasing Contract, d. ^~Do|\very" means when Company delivers physical possession ufthe Product to Customer. e. "Man mfaotormr° means the Manufacturer oy any Product. f. "Prepayment Discount" means the prepayment discounts, if any, apoui5od in Company's Equipment Proposal. g. "Product" means the fire apparatus and any associated equipment, or ambulance manufactured or furnished for Customer by Company pursuant t*the Specifications, h. "Purchasing Terms and Conditions" means these Purchasing Terms and Conditions; however, if the Company's Equipment Proposal or the Customer's related Purchase Order utmmm that it is governed by u Cooperative Pmrbmm[og '48rmmmeot "Purchasing Terms and Conditions" shall mean those terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Cooperative 9uohoninAAgreomcrn. i "Specifications" means the general specifications, tcohm{cu] mpeoifiuut[uno training, and testing requirements for the Product contained in Company's Equipment Proposal and its Exhibit A (Proposal Option List or for ambulance sales, the Quotation, or Order Form, as applicable), prepared in response to Customer's request for such apoopnmoN. 1 Purpose. This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of Company's sale of the Product to Customer. 3. Term of Agreement. This Agreement will becorne effective on the date of Acceptance as defined in Company's Equipment Proposal CEffective Date") and, unless earlier ten pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, it will terminate upon Delivery and payment iu full uf the Purchase Price. 4. Purchase and PqMent. Customer aQvuea to pay Company the Purchase Price for the Product(s) as oco forth in Company's Equipment Proposal ("PumbmuePrioe"). The Purchase Price iminU.S.dollars, Where Customer opts for u Prepayment 0aoeuut that specifies that Customer will tender one or more prepayments to Company, Customer must provide each prepayment within the time frame specified in the Equipment Proposal in order to receive the Prepayment Discount for that prepayment installment. 5. Re mese ntat ions and Warranties. Customer hereby represents and wan-ants toCompany that the purchase ofthe Product(s) has been approved by Cum$oner in accordance with applicable general laws and, as upplUuub\e. Customer's charter, ordinances and other governing documents, and funding for the purchase has been duly budgeted and appropriated. 6. Cancellation/Termination. u Fire Equipment and Apparatus Sales, h the event this Agreement is cancelled or terminated by Customer before completion, Company may charge Customer u cancellation fee. The following charge schedule is based on costs incurred by Manufacturer and Company for the Product, which may be applied and charged to Customer: (a) 12% of the Purchase Price after the order for the Product(s) is accepted and entered into Manufacturer's system by Company; (b) 22% of the Purchase Price after completion of approval drawings by Customer, and; (c) 32% of the Purchase Price upon any material requisition made by the Manufacturer for the Product. The cancellation fee will increase in excess of (c) in this Section 6, accordingly, as additional costs are incurred by Manufacturer and Company as the order progresses through engineering and into the manufacturing process, b. Ambulance Sales, This Section 6 for Cancel lation/Termination does not apply to Ambulance Sales. An order for an ambulance cannot be cancelled or terminated once Company receives and processes Customer's Acceptance of Company's Equipment Proposal. Delivery: The Product is scheduled to be delivered as specified in the Delivery Timing section of the Equipment Proposal ("Delivery Timing"), which will be F.O.B. Company's facility. The Delivery Timing is an estimate, and Company is not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in writing. Company is not responsible for Delivery delays caused by or as the result of actions, omissions or conduct of the Manufacturer, its employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. All right, title and interest in and to the Product, and risk of loss, shall pass to Customer upon Delivery of the Product(s) to Customer. 8. Standard Warranty. The manufacturer warranties applicable to this Agreement, if any, are attached to Company's Equipment Proposal as Exhibit A and are incorporated herein as part of the Agreement. a. Disclaimer, EXCEPT AS OTFIERWISE SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, COMPANY, INCLUDING ITS PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, SUBSIDIARIES, AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES DO NOT MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING DISCLAIMER, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, AND IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED, STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES REPRESENTATIVES OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES. 9. Limitation of Liability. COMPANY WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, ECONOMIC, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT WITHOUT REGARD TO THE NATURE OF THE CLAIM OR THE UNDERLYING THEORY OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, EQUITY OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LAW) ON WHICH SUCH DAMAGES ARE BASED. COMPANY'S LIMIT OF LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CAPPED AT THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF THE MONIES PAID BY CUSTOMER TO COMPANY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. 10. Force Maieure. Company shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default on account oil' delays in performance due to causes which are beyond Company's control which make Company's performance impracticable, including but not limited to civil wars, insurrections, strikes, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, including transportation or delivery losses outside of Company's control, any act of government, delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor supplies or manufacturing facilities, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their contracts or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work. 11. Customer's Oblip-ations. Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with Company and Manufacturer during the manufacturing process to create the Product. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without linbodon,Cuutomuer`apruv|din8dmelyiofbonatiooinoespouuetouo:quouthnm D4aoufhotnnr or Company and Customer's participation in traveling to Manufacturer's facility for inspections and approval of the Product. 12. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following shall constitute u default under this Agreement: (a) Customer's failure mpay any amounts due under this Agreement or Costorner'xfai]ure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement; (b) Company's fai lure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement; (u) either party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either party to induce the other to enter into this Agreement, which is false in any material respect; (e) an action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity; or (f) a default or breach by Customer under any other contract or agreement with Company. 13. mpaoy shall retain pnmaeoaioo of the manufacturers statunentoforigin ("MSO") for the Product until the entire Purchase Price has been paid. If more than one Product is covered by this Agreerncnt. Company shall retain the &dSD for each individual Product oubi the Purchase Price for that Product has been paid iufull. 14. Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out o[ox relating tu this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and judgment oathe award rendered hy the mrbitrator(n) may 6e entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The Arbitration shall take place iu Bradenton, Florida. 15, Miscellaneous. The relationship of the parties established under this Agreement is that o[ independent contractors and neither party iau partner, cozoo}ee, agent, or'ohn venture ofcr with the other. Neither party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other party. Th|aA@rcemcnt and all transactions between Ten-8 Fire Gqu(pmcru Inc. will he governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. The delivery of signatures to this Agreement may be via facsimile transmission or other electronic means and shall be binding as original siOou1uowo. This Agreement shall constitute the eodn: agreement and supersede any prior agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may only bc modified by an amendment, in writing, signed by duty authorized representatives of both parties with authority to sign such amendments to this Agreement. In the event of conflict between the Ten-8 Proposal and these Terms and Conditions, the Ten-8 Proposal shall control except in the case ofa Cooperative Purchasing Contract am set forth io Section |(o) and (b)of these Purchasing Terms and Conditions. |f any tcrm of this /\groemoru is determined to be invalid or unenforceable by competent legal uuthority, such term will he either reformed or deleted, as the uamo may be, but only to the extent oeoonxury to comply with the applicable law, nmgu|otiuo, order or rule, and the remaining provisions of the Agreement will remain io full force and effect. PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC. AN OSHKOSH CORPORATION COMPANY • ISO 9001 CERTIFIED 2600 AMERICAN DRIVE POST OFFICE BOX 2017 APPLETON, WISCONSIN 54912 -2017 920 - 832 -3000 • FAX 920 - 832 -3208 www.piercemfg.com March 20, 2018 Pierce Customers: = President Trump imposed tariffs of 25% on steel and 10% on aluminum, imported from countries outside North America. While Pierce procures all aluminum and steel from North America and Europe, the tariffs have impacted prices on all steel and aluminum, regardless of origin, resulting in significant cost headwinds for United States specialty vehicle and heavy equipment manufacturers. Over the last few months, prior to the communication of the tariffs, steel and aluminum prices have risen 25- 35% and 15 -20% over 2017 prices, respectively. Pierce has absorbed these escalating raw material costs to date. Now amplified by the tariffs, this additional sharp acceleration in commodities pricing has required Pierce to implement a surcharge on all purchase orders placed on, or after, May 1, 2018, for new fire apparatus and aftermarket parts. The surcharge will also apply to stock trucks completed on or after May 1, 2018. Stock trucks completed before May 1, 2018 will not include a surcharge. As an indication of the pervasive nature of these tariffs, component suppliers have already begun contacting Pierce to discuss their own surcharges. You may recall, Pierce faced a similar situation in the early 2000's when President Bush levied tariffs on steel, and was forced to implement a surcharge at that time. The commodity surcharges are product specific (applied as a percentage of the apparatus price), varying in proportion to the steel and aluminum content for each specific product type. Pierce will continue to monitor and evaluate the cost of steel and aluminum and re- assess the surcharge as market conditions dictate. Please feel free to reach out to your sales representative with any additional questions you may have. Sincerely, Mike Dufrane VP of Sales & Marketing MONROE COUNTY FIRE RESCUE VEHICLE INVENTORY AND REPLACEMENT STATUS VEHICLE TYPE 1. YEAR PURCHASED REPLACEMENT YEAR ............... ENGINE 1. 2001 2011 (Overdue) 2010 (Overdue) 2. 2004 2014 (Overdue) Life expectancy: 3. 2005 2015 (Overdue) 10 years 2007 2014 (Overdue) 8. 2009 2016 (Overdue) 4. 2005 2015 (Overdue) 2014 5. 2007 2017 (Overdue) 12. 6. 2007 2017 (Overdue) 7. 2010 2020 8. 2016 2026 9. 2016 2026 RESCUE Life expectancy: 7 years 1. 2001 2008 (Overdue) 2. 2002 2009 (Overdue) 3. 2003 2010 (Overdue) 4. 2005 2012 (Overdue) 5. 2006 2013 (Overdue) 6. 2006 2013 (Overdue) 7. 2007 2014 (Overdue) 8. 2009 2016 (Overdue) 9. 2009 2016 (Overdue) 10. 2014 2021 11. 2014 2021 12. 2015 2022 TANKER 1. 1999 2014 (Overdue) 2. 2007 2022 Life expectancy: 3. 2009 2024 15 years 4. 2014 2029 5. 2014 2029 LADDER 1. 1988 2003 (Overdue) 2. 2007 2022 Life expectancy: 15 years Updated 8/28/17 Hudson 2617 Mahan Drive, Tallahassee, Florida 32308 p: (85 1) 877 -2165 P.O. Box 12519 = Tallahassee, Florida 32317 -2519' f: (850) 878-8665 www.flstieriffs.org D 0 Notice of Extension Contract FSA16- VEF12.0 Fire Rescue Vehicles and Other Equipment December 18, 2017 The Florida Sheriffs Association announces that the above Cooperative Purchasing Program contract is extended for an addition thirty -three (33) day period beginning April 1, 2018 through May 4, 2018. Base pricing is not to increase and includes all original Contract Terms and Conditions which will remain in force throughout the extended contract period. If we do not receive a written response to this decision by December 22nd in agreement or as to any reason that this extension is not in agreement with any vendor, we will automatically extend for the additional period. A vendor who is not in agreement will not be eligible to participate in the extension period and will cease contract participation at the end of day on March 31, 2018. FSA will include a list of participating vendors for purchaser information as Addendum #2 — Notice of Extension, on our website on December 22, 2017. Notice of Extension Contract FSA16- VEF12.0 Fire Rescue Vehicles and Other Equipment Participating Awarded Vendor List Please find below a list of Fire Rescue Awarded Vendors in agreement of the thirty -three day extension period for FSA Cooperative Purchasing Program Contract FSA16- VEF12.0 Demers Ambulance USA Life Line Ambulance Hall -Mark, RTC /Horton Emergency Vehicles Hall -Mark, RTC /Road Rescue Hall -Mark, RTC /Wheeled Coach Ten -8 /Osage Industries FL Apparatus Sales /Smeal Fire Apparatus Hall -Mark, RTC /E -One KME Rosenbauer Spartan Emergency Response /Spartan Motors Ten -8 /Pierce Manufacturing Quality Emergency Vehicles ETR /American Emergency Vehicles Hall -Mark, RTC /McCoy Miller Ten -8 /13raun Industries Ten- 8 /Medix Specialty Vehicles ETR (FL) /KME Hall -Mark, RTC /Hall -Mark, RTC HME, Inc. NAFECO /KME South FL Emergency Vehicles /Sutphen Tactical Fire /Toyne, Inc. ETR (Florida) /KME 21 P a e